22.10.2014 Views

Editorial The - University of South Africa

Editorial The - University of South Africa

Editorial The - University of South Africa

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

EDITOR<br />

VASI VAN DEVENTER<br />

SUB-EDITORS<br />

KATE GRIEVE<br />

JOHAN KRUGER<br />

CARYL OCHSE<br />

MARTIN TERRE BLANCHE<br />

EDITORIAL COMMITTEE<br />

JINA IMRIE<br />

LANA-LEE KAGAN<br />

TRACY LAKE<br />

PAUL MAKENA<br />

LEANNE MANDIM<br />

BHAVNA NAGAR<br />

RONEL NEL<br />

RAKHEE SINGH<br />

JACO VAN DER MERWE<br />

DESIGN AND LAY-OUT<br />

ANDREÂ NEL<br />

Unisa Psychologia can be ordered at R25,00 per<br />

copy (VAT included) (US$5.00 ± postage included)<br />

from:<br />

<strong>The</strong> Business Section<br />

Unisa Press, Unisa<br />

P O Box 392<br />

Unisa, 0003<br />

Unisa Psychologia is sent free <strong>of</strong> charge to all<br />

Psychology students at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong><br />

(Unisa) (excluding first-year students)<br />

<strong>The</strong> contents <strong>of</strong> this journal do not necessarily<br />

represent the views <strong>of</strong> the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>,<br />

and therefore the university accepts no responsibility<br />

for opinions expressed in this journal.<br />

<strong>The</strong> review <strong>of</strong> a book in no way suggests departmental<br />

endorsement <strong>of</strong> that book.<br />

Set, printed and published by the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>South</strong><br />

<strong>Africa</strong>, 2002.<br />

# Copyright reserved.<br />

ISSN 0256-8896<br />

JOURNAL OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY UNISA


vol 28 2002<br />

<strong>Editorial</strong> 2<br />

Articles Ð Transformation through the adaptation <strong>of</strong> psychological and<br />

physical barriers: American students' observations <strong>of</strong> <strong>South</strong><br />

<strong>Africa</strong>, a country (Audrey Ellenwood, Andrea Glesser, Megan<br />

Peugeot, Kim Snyders, Jillian Rapp and John Ellenwood) 5<br />

Ð <strong>The</strong> dangers <strong>of</strong> entitlement (F. J. A. Snyders) 21<br />

Ð An exploratory study <strong>of</strong> pedestrian traffic injuries at the<br />

<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> (Madri Jansen van Rensburg,<br />

Kgomotso Rathlagane, Catherine Cosser, Kobus van<br />

Staden, Barbara Wade and D. Johan Kruger) 24<br />

Ð Die verband tussen die `time out'-metode en woedebuie by<br />

die kleuter (Zelda Cloete) 36<br />

Ð Differences in body image perceptions among adolescent<br />

males and females (Caryn Potash) 41<br />

Ð Die verband tussen persoonlikheidsfaktore en wisselende<br />

vlakke van Internetgebruik (Ilze Neethling) 48<br />

Ð Experiences <strong>of</strong> traumatic brain injury (Kate Grieve) 62<br />

Ð Evaluation <strong>of</strong> scientific articles (Sheree Clark, Karen Dick,<br />

Claudia Epprecht, Larise du Plessis, Lazarus Matlakala,<br />

Maggi Moremi, Lucas Raganya, Eileen Rich, Carol<br />

Richards, Narropi Sewpershad, Vicky Timm) 67<br />

Ð <strong>The</strong> psychosocial effects <strong>of</strong> retrenchment. A testimony <strong>of</strong><br />

migrant mineworkers (B. L. Meel) 76<br />

Ð `Ecstasy' use: motivational factors and awareness <strong>of</strong><br />

Ð<br />

harmful effects (Jenny Terblanche) 83<br />

APPENDIX A<br />

Questionnaire on the use <strong>of</strong> Ecstasy and awareness <strong>of</strong><br />

side-effects 96<br />

Ð Knowledge2go 101<br />

Ð Logotheraphy 103<br />

Ð Unisa centre for Applied Psychology 104<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 1<br />

contents contents contents contents contents contents contents contents contents contents contents contents


editorial editorial editorial editorial editorial editorial editorial editorial editorial editorial editorial editorial edit<br />

<strong>Editorial</strong><br />

2 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA<br />

<strong>The</strong> editorial team for the previous<br />

issue <strong>of</strong> Unisa Psychologia<br />

indicated that the edition<br />

in question marked the beginning<br />

<strong>of</strong> an exciting new direction<br />

in the life <strong>of</strong> the journal. It moved<br />

away from publicising the activities <strong>of</strong><br />

the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> (Unisa)<br />

Psychology Department to become a<br />

platform for entry-level plan academic<br />

publication. In addition it, became more<br />

student-driven, with the editorial process<br />

managed by an editorial committee<br />

consisting entirely <strong>of</strong> students. This<br />

issue is a product <strong>of</strong> the second student-driven<br />

editorial committee. At this<br />

stage most <strong>of</strong> the logistical problems<br />

have been sorted out and as the second<br />

generation, so to speak, we as a<br />

team have learnt from the experience<br />

gained by our predecessors and have<br />

entrenched the process further.<br />

This year the committee comprised not<br />

only the second-year Master's (MA)<br />

Clinical Psychology students, as was<br />

the case previously, but also, included<br />

the MA Research Psychology students.<br />

This created a surprisingly enriching<br />

context for our work. It was the first time<br />

that the two groups were required to<br />

work together on a shared project, and<br />

we were astonished at the level <strong>of</strong> expertise<br />

being freed in the interaction among<br />

the committee members. Our discussions<br />

<strong>of</strong> the articles submitted for publication<br />

created an understanding <strong>of</strong><br />

psychology and its methodology that<br />

made the `dry' stuff <strong>of</strong> our undergraduate<br />

and Honours years suddenly appear<br />

much more exciting.<br />

We also learnt the hard way what it<br />

means to evaluate an academic article.<br />

Although those <strong>of</strong> us who did the Honours<br />

research methodology course at<br />

Unisa had some experience <strong>of</strong> peer evaluation,<br />

we were still overwhelmed by<br />

the responsibility <strong>of</strong> actually having to<br />

evaluate an article for possible publication.<br />

We workshopped a sifting procedure<br />

that looked good on paper but<br />

then turned out to be not so easy to apply.<br />

Despite being senior students, it was<br />

still difficult to decide to what extent a<br />

paper contributed to psychological<br />

knowledge and whether or not a certain<br />

methodological procedure was really<br />

appropriate in the context <strong>of</strong> the particular<br />

research problem. It was even harder<br />

to write suggestions for improving articles.<br />

Although it was not too difficult to<br />

differentiate between really good and<br />

really bad articles, it was very hard to<br />

pinpoint the difficulties that made an article<br />

problematic. We were allowed to<br />

consult members <strong>of</strong> the journal's editorial<br />

board, but we still had to formulate<br />

our own suggestions for the authors to<br />

improve their articles.


This led us to the realisation that there is<br />

a definite need for a carefully constructed<br />

rating scale for the evaluation<br />

<strong>of</strong> research articles. Like the previous<br />

editorial committee, we have to confess<br />

that although we followed a carefully<br />

structured review process, subjective<br />

choices sometimes had to be made<br />

based on our assumptions <strong>of</strong> what<br />

makes a paper appealing, informative,<br />

relevant and academically sufficiently<br />

rigorous to be published in a university<br />

journal. <strong>The</strong> point is not that these factors<br />

do not call for subjective opinion,<br />

but that a properly structured rating<br />

scale could go a long way to providing<br />

criteria to guide subjective decisions. In<br />

some instances the rating descriptions<br />

<strong>of</strong> the rating scales we used for evaluating<br />

the articles helped a lot to generate<br />

comments. In other instances the rating<br />

descriptions were hopelessly inadequate,<br />

even confusing.<br />

We think that using rating scales could<br />

considerably improve the reliability and<br />

the validity <strong>of</strong> evaluation procedures,<br />

provided that such rating scales are<br />

properly constructed, and that they are<br />

used with care and by knowledgeable<br />

people. In addition, the descriptions<br />

used for the ratings designed primarily<br />

for the evaluation <strong>of</strong> articles could have<br />

wider use than in the rating scale itself.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se descriptions could provide very<br />

specific guidelines for authors <strong>of</strong> articles,<br />

especially authors who submit their<br />

work for publication for the first time.We<br />

hope the next editorial committee will<br />

take up the challenge <strong>of</strong> improving the<br />

rating scale we used, and perhaps write<br />

a paper about this. And maybe a Master's<br />

student would consider writing a<br />

dissertation on rating scales for scientific<br />

articles?<br />

It was the experience <strong>of</strong> being confronted<br />

with our own limitations and perhaps<br />

a need to regain control that<br />

motivated us to write a paper on the evaluation<br />

<strong>of</strong> articles. <strong>The</strong> paper had definitive<br />

psychological value. We learnt that<br />

many articles accepted for publication<br />

should have been rejected, and that a<br />

large number <strong>of</strong> initially rejected articles<br />

eventually turned out to be significant<br />

and influential contributions to their<br />

sub-disciplines. In some instances an<br />

editorial committee <strong>of</strong> senior students is<br />

quite capable <strong>of</strong> making informed decisions,<br />

but in other instances the members<br />

<strong>of</strong> the committee may not have<br />

sufficient experience. For example, senior<br />

students may be well equipped to<br />

decide on the appeal, informative value<br />

and relevance <strong>of</strong> articles simply because<br />

they are in tune with the readers<br />

<strong>of</strong> an entry-level publication. However,<br />

decisions about academic rigour and<br />

methodological technicalities may require<br />

very specific guidelines. We were<br />

told by experienced academics that the<br />

process <strong>of</strong> peer-evaluating articles gets<br />

easier as one gains experience and develops<br />

one's own set <strong>of</strong> internalised<br />

standards. However, at the present stage<br />

<strong>of</strong> our development, the idea <strong>of</strong> internalising<br />

standards and developing reflexive<br />

competence in itself feels somewhat<br />

beyond our comprehension.<br />

It is a pity that many <strong>of</strong> the articles submitted<br />

for publication were considered<br />

unpublishable, not because the research<br />

they reported on was below the<br />

required standard, but simply because<br />

the structure, presentation and style<br />

could not be rectified without totally rewriting<br />

the article. As it was, most <strong>of</strong> the<br />

articles recommended for publication<br />

required substantial changes. Many <strong>of</strong><br />

the authors who were requested to re-<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 3


vise their articles understandably lost<br />

their initial enthusiasm for the project<br />

when confronted with the amount <strong>of</strong><br />

work to be done and simply dropped out<br />

<strong>of</strong> the process. Because <strong>of</strong> this, more<br />

than half <strong>of</strong> the papers recommended<br />

for publication did not make it into this issue.<br />

Yet despite the loss, we still managed to<br />

put together an interesting mix <strong>of</strong> contributions.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se articles certainly reflect<br />

the richness and diversity <strong>of</strong> human life,<br />

from anger tantrums in toddlers, the<br />

body image <strong>of</strong> adolescents, the plight <strong>of</strong><br />

retrenched migrant workers, the use <strong>of</strong><br />

Ecstasy, and the experiences <strong>of</strong> the<br />

brain injured to issues <strong>of</strong> pedestrian<br />

safety, Internet addiction and the phenomenon<br />

<strong>of</strong> entitlement. However, the<br />

article that is sure to attract attention is<br />

the one written by the American students<br />

who visited the Unisa Psychology<br />

Department during the first semester <strong>of</strong><br />

2001, describing their perspective on<br />

psychological and physical barriers in<br />

<strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>. What makes this article<br />

particularly interesting is the fact that it<br />

was written before the 11 September attacks<br />

on the United States <strong>of</strong> America<br />

(USA). That event demonstrated the nature<br />

<strong>of</strong> barriers in a most dramatic way.<br />

<strong>The</strong> entire world watched as America<br />

dropped a giant barrier around itself,<br />

closing all ports <strong>of</strong> entry into the USA. In<br />

the months that followed, another kind <strong>of</strong><br />

barrier became visible, namely the invisible<br />

barrier around the master mind behind<br />

the attack. <strong>The</strong> article opens up a<br />

rich field for debate and research. For example,<br />

it would be interesting to see an<br />

article on the nature and dynamics <strong>of</strong><br />

barriers within, and around, societies.<br />

We hope that this second issue will inspire<br />

and motivate young researchers to<br />

work towards producing their own publishable<br />

work in future. Unisa Psychologia<br />

is not exclusive and meant for Unisa<br />

students only. Authors need not be affiliated<br />

with Unisa to be considered for<br />

publication in our journal. We would<br />

especially welcome contributions from<br />

senior students at other learning institutions.<br />

<strong>The</strong> editorial committee<br />

(Sheree Clark, Karen Dick, Larise du<br />

Plessis, Claudia Epprecht, Lazarus<br />

Matlakala, Maggi Moremi, Lucas<br />

Raganya, Eileen Rich, Carol Richards,<br />

Narropi Sewpershad,Vicky Timm)<br />

4 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


Transformation through the adaptation <strong>of</strong><br />

psychological and physical barriers: American<br />

students' observations <strong>of</strong> <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>, a country<br />

Audrey Ellenwood, Andrea Glesser, Megan Peugeot,<br />

Kim Snyders, Jillian Rapp and John Ellenwood<br />

Bowling Green State <strong>University</strong><br />

ABSTRACT Since its freedom from apartheid in 1994, <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> has been<br />

going through a significant transformation process. This article<br />

overviews and discusses American students' reactions to the<br />

psychological and physical barriers that have developed among<br />

<strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>n people across different contexts; home life, an<br />

administrative city, a university, a community project, an orphanage<br />

and a resort area. Lux's five-stage Model <strong>of</strong> Transformation order is<br />

reviewed along with two principles relating to the development and<br />

need for psychological and physical barriers when a country is in flux.<br />

<strong>The</strong> article concludes with a presentation <strong>of</strong> Lux's 12-step conflictresolution<br />

approach.<br />

`<strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> is richly endowed with<br />

great men and women in its political,<br />

cultural, religious and economic life.<br />

When they become free, they will<br />

show the world why this is the land<br />

<strong>of</strong> hope' (Christopher Crocker,1988).<br />

Without a doubt, <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong><br />

is one <strong>of</strong> the most<br />

beautiful and breathtaking<br />

countries in the world.<br />

When visiting, one is completely absorbed<br />

by its magnificence. <strong>The</strong> friendliness<br />

and warmth that exude from the<br />

people in the country is part <strong>of</strong> what<br />

makes a visit to this area such a grand<br />

experience. Immediately, when a visitor<br />

steps out <strong>of</strong> customs at Johannesburg<br />

International Airport, the residents <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> convey an openness, responsiveness,<br />

willingness and pride in<br />

wanting to share their culture with foreigners.<br />

For Americans, experiencing <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong><br />

is very comforting as there is an immediate<br />

sense <strong>of</strong> familiarity and<br />

association with the way that many people<br />

dress, the highway system, the<br />

southern California climate, style <strong>of</strong><br />

buildings and homes within the cities,<br />

the shopping malls, the cars, the landscape<br />

and the food. <strong>The</strong> citizens <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> are extremely curious<br />

about the American culture and this<br />

curiosity leads to an incredible sense <strong>of</strong><br />

feeling welcome.<br />

<strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> is a country that has recently<br />

abolished the apartheid system.<br />

Apartheid caused many internal divisions<br />

within the provinces and was a repressive<br />

system. However, one <strong>of</strong> the<br />

most prevalent remnants <strong>of</strong> this era has<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 5<br />

article article article article article article article article article article article article article article article article a


een the racially skewed issue toward<br />

the advantage <strong>of</strong> the white population<br />

(Ramutsindela, 2001). Apartheid had<br />

the vision <strong>of</strong> forming the country along<br />

racially separate lines. <strong>The</strong>re were varying<br />

degrees <strong>of</strong> prejudice and discrimination<br />

that led to many divisions among the<br />

people. While the government had absolute<br />

control over non-whites, many<br />

observed that there was no effective political<br />

representation for these people<br />

(Lewin, 2000). Owing to this racial exclusivity<br />

that the nation was built on and the<br />

territorial construction <strong>of</strong> a white <strong>South</strong><br />

<strong>Africa</strong>, there was no common national<br />

identity <strong>of</strong> the people (Ramutsindela,<br />

2001).<br />

<strong>The</strong> lifting <strong>of</strong> apartheid was viewed by<br />

many as a non-peaceful shift from minority<br />

white to majority black rule, as violence<br />

was almost a daily occurrence<br />

particularly in the black townships<br />

(Guelke,1999).<strong>The</strong> transition from apartheid<br />

to democracy has been a slow one.<br />

<strong>The</strong> acceptance <strong>of</strong> a non-racial government<br />

in the1990s by national parties has<br />

been significant in terms <strong>of</strong> the decline<br />

in the apartheid views and patterns. This<br />

process has required <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>ns to<br />

redefine their identity in terms <strong>of</strong> the<br />

transformation into a whole society (Ramutsindela,<br />

2001). Since apartheid was<br />

lifted in 1994, the country <strong>of</strong> <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong><br />

has been left in a state <strong>of</strong> political uncertainty,<br />

which the citizens are now working<br />

toward restoring. According to<br />

Ramutsindela (2001), the vision for<br />

<strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> is the creation <strong>of</strong> an opportunity<br />

society in which the pursuit <strong>of</strong> happiness<br />

is made possible by providing<br />

expanding opportunities for all. By engaging<br />

in optimistic and hopeful viewpoints,<br />

the people <strong>of</strong> <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> will be<br />

able to find the strength and effort<br />

needed to restore their country to one<br />

<strong>of</strong> balance and equality.<br />

One aspect apparent upon visiting<br />

<strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> was the current state <strong>of</strong> interaction<br />

among the people <strong>of</strong> the country.<br />

In a country where there are differing<br />

opinions on national, regional and local<br />

affairs as well as strong cultural identities,<br />

an American visitor quickly becomes<br />

highly respectful <strong>of</strong> the fact that<br />

<strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> is not about a white/black<br />

issue. <strong>The</strong> situation is much more complex<br />

and relates to a white population,<br />

an Indian population, a so-called coloured<br />

population and an <strong>Africa</strong>n population<br />

comprising different tribes within<br />

the country. Without question, <strong>South</strong><br />

<strong>Africa</strong> has had to work hard to overcome<br />

long-standing alliances and affiliations<br />

(Borchert,1995). Readmittance into the<br />

new world, opening doors to foreign visitors,<br />

enhancing the economy, balancing<br />

a weakening monetary system, as well<br />

as establishing and maintaining peace<br />

among all the people represented within<br />

the country have created an extremely<br />

complex situation for <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>ns.<br />

Yet, in many ways <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> is moving<br />

ahead with great speed, fortitude, and<br />

hope.<br />

<strong>The</strong> primary purpose <strong>of</strong> this article is to<br />

convey American students' perceptions<br />

<strong>of</strong> a country in flux and transformation,<br />

as well as to describe their reactions to<br />

the physical and psychological barriers<br />

that were experienced by them in different<br />

contexts.<strong>The</strong> article is based on personal<br />

journal entries written by the<br />

American students relating to their daily<br />

experiences, interpersonal reactions,<br />

and interactions with the <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>n<br />

culture and population during a twoweek<br />

period. <strong>The</strong> second goal <strong>of</strong> the article<br />

is to provide suggestions as well as<br />

6 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


present a model that could be implemented<br />

and has primarily been successfully<br />

implemented in another<br />

country undergoing transformation. <strong>The</strong><br />

model can help alleviate the stress that<br />

people experience as their country<br />

moves through a transformation process.<br />

<strong>The</strong> article was written for individuals<br />

who are directly involved in daily<br />

group interactions and decision-making.<br />

Specifically, the article is geared toward<br />

students, pr<strong>of</strong>essors, university administrators<br />

and community members in<br />

general.<br />

Lux's Model <strong>of</strong> Transformation served as<br />

a base from which the American students<br />

were able to apply when observing<br />

the various contexts <strong>of</strong> <strong>South</strong><br />

<strong>Africa</strong>. <strong>The</strong> stages <strong>of</strong> the model were<br />

used as a guide to assist the students in<br />

ascertaining and comparing how people<br />

within these various contexts responded<br />

and adapted to the transformation <strong>of</strong> order<br />

currently under way in <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>.<br />

Groups, in general, have a tendency to<br />

go through stages in which conflict issues<br />

are approached, dealt with and resolved.<br />

Lux (1999) presented a fivestage<br />

model for describing the feelings<br />

that are experienced by a population<br />

when a transformation <strong>of</strong> order is implemented:<br />

<strong>The</strong> first stage, after the initial alteration<br />

<strong>of</strong> the repressive system, is a brief phase<br />

<strong>of</strong> euphoria. People are <strong>of</strong>ten optimistic<br />

about the changes being made, and<br />

they look forward to the prospect <strong>of</strong> collaboration<br />

with much hope and excitement.<br />

However, the state <strong>of</strong> euphoria is<br />

usually quite brief for as the process unfolds<br />

and the complexity for implementing<br />

change is introduced, reality begins<br />

to set in.<br />

<strong>The</strong> second stage is one <strong>of</strong> disillusionment<br />

and mistrust. <strong>The</strong> changes that occur<br />

can easily lead to friction, misunderstanding<br />

and various problems.<br />

As issues are discussed, the differences<br />

between people (e.g. speech, beliefs and<br />

traditions) become highlighted.<br />

Furthermore, issues take on different<br />

meanings. People begin to distrust one<br />

another and try to protect their own interests<br />

and personal agendas by defending<br />

their own perspectives <strong>of</strong> the<br />

future. Much personal energy is utilised<br />

in trying to convince the other groups<br />

that their beliefs, ideas and ways are the<br />

best. During this stage people are challenged,<br />

discounted, and decisions are<br />

made from meetings where discussions<br />

are usually highly critical and aggressive<br />

in tone leading to feelings <strong>of</strong> alienation,<br />

rejection, disillusionment and mistrust.<br />

<strong>The</strong> third stage is one <strong>of</strong> mutual recrimination.<br />

People begin to return one accusation<br />

with another. Reproaches<br />

between the groups become highly evident<br />

and insulting. Internal relationships<br />

become very strained and feelings <strong>of</strong> insecurities<br />

set in among these people.<br />

<strong>The</strong> fourth and fifth stages deal with different<br />

levels <strong>of</strong> understanding. During<br />

the fourth stage misapprehensions between<br />

the groups begin to be recognised<br />

slowly. People begin to accept the<br />

inevitability <strong>of</strong> mutual misunderstandings<br />

and they realise that a broader understanding<br />

can be achieved through<br />

learning and respecting different ethical<br />

and cultural systems. As mutual exchanges<br />

(which are <strong>of</strong>ten slow) occur, situations<br />

around people begin to change.<br />

<strong>The</strong> different sides become open to examining<br />

their different methods and opinions.<br />

As they enhance their understanding<br />

<strong>of</strong> one another and begin to<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 7


create a communal decision-making<br />

strategy, people are able to take steps<br />

that will allow them to merge successfully<br />

into a solitary institution. In order<br />

for this phase to be successful, each<br />

side must be heard, acknowledged and<br />

respected. Yet, as misapprehensions<br />

are acknowledged during this stage, frequent<br />

regressions into the recrimination<br />

stage can and do occur.<br />

During the fifth and final stage a second<br />

phase <strong>of</strong> understanding is reached.<br />

While it is understood that the groups<br />

must understand, learn about, and respect<br />

one another's ethics, beliefs and<br />

cultural values, this has not necessarily<br />

taken place yet. During the fifth stage, a<br />

mutual tolerance needs to be reached<br />

by all parties in order to achieve unity.<br />

During this stage, people begin to understand<br />

that changes will not happen on<br />

their own. Desires must be communicated<br />

and conscious decisions made<br />

for the situation by the unified organisation.<br />

Conscious changes must be made<br />

to the internal situation <strong>of</strong> the merged<br />

society.<br />

At any juncture during this process, people<br />

will develop both implicit and explicit<br />

psychological and physical barriers in<br />

order to protect their internal state <strong>of</strong><br />

stability, that is especially true for stages<br />

two to four.<br />

DEVELOPMENT OF<br />

PSYCHOLOGICAL AND<br />

PHYSICAL BARRIERS<br />

<strong>The</strong> presence <strong>of</strong> psychological and physical<br />

barriers was obvious in many <strong>of</strong> the<br />

places that were visited by the American<br />

students, which included a university, a<br />

neighbouring township <strong>of</strong> Pretoria, various<br />

villages, capital cities, homes, an orphanage<br />

and a vacation resort. <strong>The</strong><br />

physical barriers set up by the locals for<br />

personal protection included explicit<br />

physical objects such as high walls and<br />

barbwire fences around homes; guards;<br />

dogs; burglar bars, alarm systems in<br />

homes and cars; and series <strong>of</strong> locks<br />

and multiple doors to enter a home.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se barriers are very unnatural to<br />

American visitors.<br />

<strong>The</strong> fences in America are usually three<br />

to four foot high and are erected to keep<br />

small children or animals from running<br />

out <strong>of</strong> a yard.<strong>The</strong> fences enclose a small<br />

area (e.g. backyard) and are decorative<br />

in nature. Barbwire fences are typically<br />

only used by American farmers to keep<br />

large animals confined to a space, or by<br />

the United States prison system to keep<br />

prisoners within the jail premises.<br />

Fences are not typically used by Americans<br />

to keep people out or for security<br />

purposes. Most American homes are<br />

open and their manicured lawns gently<br />

roll into one another. Consequently, for<br />

Americans to see the unfamiliar <strong>Africa</strong>n<br />

landscape <strong>of</strong> high walls with barbwire<br />

fences was a foreign concept that was<br />

difficult to understand.<br />

Stoll-Kleeman, O'Riordan and Jaeger<br />

(2000) introduced several potential psychological<br />

barriers (a state <strong>of</strong> mind that<br />

impedes on one's ability to trust and interact<br />

with another in order to rationalise<br />

why they should or should not act according<br />

to individual or collective measures<br />

for change). Two psychological<br />

barriers that appeared to pertain to people<br />

across all areas within <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong><br />

were the comfort interpretation and the<br />

tragedy-<strong>of</strong>-the-commons interpretation.<br />

<strong>The</strong> comfort interpretation suggests that<br />

people find it very difficult to take part in<br />

personal sacrifices for the betterment <strong>of</strong><br />

8 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


societal gain. Many people are unwilling<br />

to change their views and lifestyles<br />

when they are unable to relate to an immediate,<br />

larger societal gain. If people<br />

choose to sacrifice their personal belongings<br />

or style <strong>of</strong> living there is no<br />

guarantee that their society will improve<br />

and they may be putting themselves at<br />

personal risk. According to Stoll-Kleeman,<br />

et al. this is a double-edged sword<br />

as a society will not change for the better<br />

unless people begin to alter their daily<br />

style <strong>of</strong> living, which may include making<br />

sacrifices. <strong>The</strong> tragedy-<strong>of</strong>-the-commons<br />

interpretation is where people consciously<br />

or unconsciously block change<br />

as they become fearful. <strong>The</strong>y believe<br />

that if they change there is a strong risk<br />

that they will lose their personal freedom.<br />

<strong>The</strong> risk <strong>of</strong> losing individual freedom<br />

where one is already comfortable<br />

is too great, especially when the change<br />

or sacrifice emerges into an uncertain<br />

future.<br />

In addition to the explicit physical barriers,<br />

implicit barriers such as advice given<br />

to residents when travelling outside<br />

<strong>of</strong> their home (e.g. watch your purse, do<br />

not wear a seatbelt in case the car is hijacked,<br />

be cautious, stay in groups, do<br />

not walk the neighbourhoods at night,<br />

do not wear a lot <strong>of</strong> jewelry) were also<br />

evident and very difficult for American<br />

visitors to relate to.<br />

Physical and psychological barriers are<br />

established to protect oneself, and one's<br />

family and society. <strong>The</strong>y develop out <strong>of</strong><br />

fear, necessity, personal experience, observations,<br />

media hysteria and reporting<br />

<strong>of</strong> crime, as well as one's own internal<br />

belief system. Physical and psychological<br />

barriers are difficult to dissolve because<br />

to do so one must believe that<br />

one and one's family will be safe.<br />

Physical and Psychological<br />

Barriers in Various Contexts<br />

<strong>The</strong> homes in <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> range from<br />

being extremely beautiful to being very<br />

dilapidated. <strong>The</strong> dwellings varied from<br />

beautiful, single-family homes surrounded<br />

by immense tropical gardens<br />

with in-ground pools, and multi-storey<br />

flats, to simple shelters <strong>of</strong> sticks and<br />

stones or wooden planks and plastic<br />

sheeting to mud and thatched houses.<br />

Many <strong>of</strong> the homes were extremely inviting<br />

on the inside, however, from outside<br />

the perspective was very different. Aspects<br />

that remained constant, regardless<br />

<strong>of</strong> the value <strong>of</strong> the home, were the<br />

presence <strong>of</strong> locked gates and fences.<br />

Burglar bars on the windows were not<br />

immediately visible from the street because<br />

they were camouflaged by a multitude<br />

<strong>of</strong> trees, shrubs and plants. <strong>The</strong><br />

dense vegetation not only built a physical<br />

barrier for those in the home, but<br />

people outside the home were segregated<br />

from the happenings on the inside.<br />

In addition to the vegetation inside the<br />

fences, many homes had several dogs<br />

running around their yards. <strong>The</strong> presence<br />

<strong>of</strong> the animals prevents families<br />

from being burgled or bothered by beggars<br />

coming to the fence. <strong>The</strong> impediment<br />

created by the animals not only<br />

enforces a physical barrier, but also creates<br />

a psychological barrier. Psychologically,<br />

the dogs allow families to feel safe.<br />

An implicit psychological barrier that<br />

was noted at various homes visited<br />

deals with the welfare <strong>of</strong> the adolescent/adult<br />

children when they leave the<br />

house. Adolescent and adult children<br />

are constantly reminded to keep their<br />

cars doors locked while driving in order<br />

to deter hijackings, and many adolescents<br />

and adults carried cell phones for<br />

protection. Additionally, children are in-<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 9


structed to park only in a parking garage<br />

at night, as the garage would provide<br />

both physical and psychological security.<br />

Physically, such garages are solid<br />

lighted structure with guards walking<br />

the aisles in order to protect people and<br />

the cars from being damaged or stolen.<br />

Consequently, individuals who pay to be<br />

in a parking garage structure have a<br />

greater security network. <strong>The</strong> psychological<br />

message present are the implicit<br />

reminder that the streets were not safe<br />

and one's life could be in danger. Upon<br />

returning home, cars are driven, both at<br />

night and day, into locked, fenced areas<br />

around the home. Cars left on the street<br />

are <strong>of</strong>ten stolen, have their windows damaged<br />

by theft, and/or their personal<br />

belongings stolen.<br />

<strong>The</strong> economic uncertainty <strong>of</strong> the country<br />

(40% unemployment, a high illiteracy<br />

rate) in combination with the high crime<br />

rates as well as the media sensationalism<strong>of</strong>crime,reports<strong>of</strong>crimeinthe<br />

neighbourhoods, and the killing <strong>of</strong> innocent<br />

people in townships, outlying farms,<br />

and city subdivisions has reinforced the<br />

<strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>ns' fear that their families<br />

might be victimised by an intruder and<br />

their worldly possessions stolen. <strong>The</strong><br />

people <strong>of</strong> the nation have painstakingly<br />

taken measures to secure their possessions.<br />

With the devaluation <strong>of</strong> the rand,<br />

<strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>ns work long and tedious<br />

hours to maintain what they have.<strong>The</strong> citizens<br />

do not want to see their hardearned<br />

possessions ripped away from<br />

them in the blink <strong>of</strong> an eye. No one<br />

knows who the next victim, will be nor<br />

do they know how to detect a possible<br />

intruder. <strong>The</strong> result <strong>of</strong> all the uncertainty,<br />

economic and social disarray, plus fear<br />

has caused <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>ns to take the<br />

initiative to develop barriers to protect<br />

the people and things that mean the<br />

most to them.<br />

Fear <strong>of</strong> being a victim <strong>of</strong> crime has penetrated<br />

each and every home in <strong>South</strong><br />

<strong>Africa</strong>. <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>ns are trying to build<br />

a new nation with people that are set in a<br />

context where trust and safety are key<br />

issues. Police are viewed as being inadequate<br />

in number, overwhelmed and<br />

unable to respond to crises in a timely<br />

and efficient manner. This creates a lack<br />

<strong>of</strong> trust resulting in people taking precautionary<br />

measures to protect themselves<br />

from the possibility <strong>of</strong> crime.<br />

Simply, <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>ns do not know who<br />

will be the next victim nor do they know<br />

when or where the crimes will take<br />

place. Protection in the form <strong>of</strong> physical<br />

and psychological barriers is the only<br />

means people have to prevent crimes<br />

against themselves or their family.<br />

If the gates and barriers were to be removed<br />

in <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>, people would be<br />

more actively fearful. At present, the fear<br />

is nonverbal, not readily talked about<br />

outside the home, yet remains actively<br />

present in people's consciousness. If<br />

the physical barriers were removed, the<br />

psychological barriers would be more<br />

prominently evident. It is possible that<br />

people would carry weapons in an obvious<br />

fashion, would not go outside their<br />

homes as much, and would stay in their<br />

own communities more <strong>of</strong>ten where<br />

they would have a greater sense <strong>of</strong> security.<br />

To us as American visitors it seemed by<br />

our standards that the physical barriers<br />

were unnatural, prohibitive and should<br />

be taken down. Yet, before removing<br />

the barriers one must first consider the<br />

consequences. If the fences were torn<br />

down and the barriers removed, there<br />

would be utter chaos for the <strong>South</strong> Afri-<br />

10 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


can people. <strong>The</strong> barriers are familiar to<br />

them and provide structure and order<br />

in their life. <strong>The</strong> American belief that<br />

everyone can achieve a degree <strong>of</strong><br />

monetary success to meet basic needs<br />

is not a belief that can as yet be realised<br />

in the current economic structure<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>, in spite <strong>of</strong> the <strong>South</strong><br />

<strong>Africa</strong>n vision as reported by Ramutsindela<br />

(2001). This standard would undoubtedly<br />

take many decades, and the<br />

economic situation within the country<br />

would need to stabilise and be more<br />

productive. In addition, the people's<br />

thoughts would need to be restructured<br />

and people would need to learn about<br />

other people (Lux's fourth stage <strong>of</strong><br />

transformation order). Even though<br />

these barriers seem unnatural for<br />

American visitors, for the <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>n<br />

people the barriers represent comfort,<br />

security and familiarity. <strong>The</strong> physical<br />

and psychological barriers are a part <strong>of</strong><br />

the <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>n way <strong>of</strong> life, and removing<br />

these barriers that are associated<br />

with the living environment could<br />

be very unsettling to most people.<br />

In general, it is assumed that when<br />

people can afford to buy necessities,<br />

they no longer need to steal from<br />

others. When people can afford to buy<br />

land and build homes, they will not kill<br />

one another to acquire these basic<br />

needs. In addition, if the barriers came<br />

down but no social or economic<br />

changes were implemented, crime and<br />

violence would increase because <strong>of</strong><br />

the increased accessibility to people<br />

and their possessions. So currently,<br />

<strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>ns cannot risk removing<br />

these barriers, because if they did they<br />

would sacrifice themselves, and put<br />

themselves at risk for a society whose<br />

future still appears uncertain (tragedy<strong>of</strong>-the-commons<br />

interpretation).<br />

Administrative Capital ± Pretoria<br />

Pretoria, the administrative capital <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>, is a magnificent city surrounded<br />

by the Magaliesberg Mountains.<br />

Large modern skyscrapers fill the<br />

skyline. Museums, monuments to both<br />

the republican and colonial past, beautifully<br />

laid out parks and gardens, as well<br />

as streets ligned with people that represent<br />

the cultural spirit <strong>of</strong> <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> are<br />

all sites captured in Pretoria. One <strong>of</strong> the<br />

most striking and magnificent landmarks<br />

within Pretoria is the neo-classical, crescent-shaped<br />

sandstone edifice <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Union Buildings designed by Sir Herbert<br />

Baker, a British architect. This public<br />

landmark surrounded by beautiful gardens<br />

is a focal place for visitors to enjoy.<br />

As one visits the city there is an immediate<br />

realisation <strong>of</strong> caution in the citizens<br />

as they walk though the streets <strong>of</strong> Pretoria.<br />

Extra care is taken to safeguard<br />

possessions such as the placing <strong>of</strong><br />

purses or purchased items in a position<br />

to be watched at all times. It was not<br />

unusual to be approached by someone<br />

asking for money or seeing people from<br />

all cultures holding signs asking for work<br />

or money along the streets. <strong>The</strong> buildings<br />

have extra security and one has to<br />

be cautious when getting money from a<br />

cash machine. People around the cash<br />

machine are very closely scrutinised.<br />

When entering a bank, there are double<br />

doors through which persons enter one<br />

at a time for security reasons.<br />

What was very unique to us as American<br />

visitors was the need to pay an individual<br />

a small amount <strong>of</strong> money to watch one's<br />

car while one shopped. <strong>The</strong> implied psychological<br />

barrier was that if one did not<br />

pay these people to watch your car, it<br />

would be damaged or stolen by the time<br />

one returned. An American would relate<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 11


this to extortion money similar to what is<br />

describedas`mafiaprotectionmoney'.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se physical barriers and observations<br />

reminded us <strong>of</strong> the dangers that<br />

percolate in the streets, creating feelings<br />

<strong>of</strong> uneasiness and tension.<br />

Striking to us as Americans was the deterioration<br />

<strong>of</strong> national monuments, the<br />

untidiness surrounding the Union Buildings<br />

(e.g. unmowed grass, weeds and<br />

dead plants) and not being able to visit<br />

the buildings that comprised the national<br />

administrative headquarters. While we<br />

were in Pretoria, the Pretoria train station,<br />

a national monument, had been<br />

burnt and destroyed by disgruntled individuals<br />

upset by train delays. One could<br />

not help but notice, while passing the<br />

cemetery, the number <strong>of</strong> gravestones<br />

that had been knocked over or destroyed.<br />

A reminder <strong>of</strong> the Afrikaans history,FortKlapperkop(1899^1902)^a<br />

fort built and used from1899 to1902 during<br />

the <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>n War in order to<br />

protect the city <strong>of</strong> Pretoria from Great<br />

Britain ^ was no longer being kept up. In<br />

addition, the Voortrekker Monument,<br />

also known as the `Pioneer's Monument',<br />

which represents the story <strong>of</strong> the trek<br />

that the Afrikaners made from Cape<br />

Town to Pretoria via wagon trains, was<br />

also beginning to deteriorate. <strong>The</strong> feeling<br />

that we had while visiting these<br />

places was one <strong>of</strong> sadness as the lack<br />

<strong>of</strong> maintenance to these national monuments<br />

portrayed recrimination and utter<br />

disrespect by the ruling people <strong>of</strong> <strong>South</strong><br />

<strong>Africa</strong> for the incredibly rich history from<br />

which the country has transformed and<br />

emerged to what it is today.<br />

Pretoria appears to be going through<br />

transition similar to that <strong>of</strong> many American<br />

cities.During the apartheid era, people<br />

in <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> were segregated into<br />

designated areas around the cities called<br />

townships, which became cities in themselves<br />

and provided people with their basic<br />

needs. Conversely, the inner city <strong>of</strong><br />

Pretoria was home to many affluent individuals.With<br />

the lifting <strong>of</strong> apartheid there<br />

is a freedom <strong>of</strong> movement occurring<br />

across the country and many people<br />

from the townships are seeking out the<br />

major cities in the hope <strong>of</strong> finding work.<br />

As a result, major cities such as Pretoria<br />

are becoming overcrowded and many <strong>of</strong><br />

the citizens remain unemployed. <strong>The</strong> effects<br />

<strong>of</strong> unemployment in the cities have<br />

resulted in city dwellings becoming dilapidated,<br />

the surrounding landscape<br />

being unkempt and streets cluttered with<br />

refuge. <strong>The</strong> affluent residents are abandoning<br />

the inner city, fleeing to suburbs<br />

to find safety, security and a higher standard<br />

<strong>of</strong> living. <strong>The</strong> flight <strong>of</strong> affluent residents<br />

<strong>of</strong> cities to suburbs is similar to<br />

that which happened in America during<br />

the 1950s and 1960s.<strong>The</strong> decline <strong>of</strong> Pretoria<br />

is related to the socio-economic<br />

status <strong>of</strong> the country and relates to the<br />

desperation <strong>of</strong> people who are part <strong>of</strong><br />

the 40% unemployment category.<br />

<strong>The</strong> decline <strong>of</strong> the monuments, the defacement<br />

<strong>of</strong> national buildings, and the deterioration<br />

<strong>of</strong> structures and surroundings<br />

<strong>of</strong> the city <strong>of</strong>ten come about when<br />

people develop psychological barriers<br />

that consist <strong>of</strong> loss, desperation, frustration<br />

and helplessness. <strong>The</strong> physical barriers<br />

are prominent reminders that <strong>South</strong><br />

<strong>Africa</strong> is a society in flux.<strong>The</strong> destruction<br />

<strong>of</strong> the national monuments and the rewriting<br />

<strong>of</strong> history creates an atmosphere<br />

where one's personal identity and roots<br />

are challenged which leads to feelings<br />

<strong>of</strong> devaluation and insecurity. Individuals'<br />

perceptions <strong>of</strong> who they are, what they<br />

are, and how they came to be are<br />

clouded. <strong>The</strong>se changes maintain a so-<br />

12 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


ciety filled with confusion, disillusionment<br />

and mistrust. Friction, misunderstanding<br />

and differences between the<br />

people within the society become major<br />

stumbling blocks, and interfere with<br />

<strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>ns' ability to take part in, accept<br />

and employ conflict resolution techniques<br />

effecively.<br />

<strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>'s largest <strong>University</strong><br />

± UNISA<br />

As one drives north down the Ben<br />

Schoeman Highway towards the city <strong>of</strong><br />

Pretoria, one is faced with the most<br />

magnificent site <strong>of</strong> five immense buildings<br />

erected against a hill. One quickly<br />

learns that this is the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>South</strong><br />

<strong>Africa</strong> (Unisa), which is the largest<br />

correspondence university in the world<br />

and admits over 122 000 students <strong>of</strong> different<br />

nationalities and languages from<br />

all over the world. While driving into Unisa,<br />

a foreign visitor is impressed with the<br />

design <strong>of</strong> the university, the tropical<br />

plants, gardens, and artwork that is displayed<br />

as well as the number <strong>of</strong> students<br />

walking to and from the university.<br />

As with other places in <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> the<br />

university's physical barriers were quite<br />

prominent. Fences surround Unisa; access<br />

is through gates and there are security<br />

guards at designated posted<br />

areas where each car is stopped before<br />

entering the parking areas. Each <strong>of</strong> the<br />

buildings has security guards on the<br />

main floor; however, once in the university<br />

grounds it was very easy to walk<br />

from building to building. Very unique to<br />

an American student is the locking <strong>of</strong><br />

each classroom or each pr<strong>of</strong>essor's <strong>of</strong>fice<br />

as one enters or leaves. Even at session<br />

breaks, the classroom doors are<br />

locked and we American students became<br />

very conscious <strong>of</strong> leaving materials<br />

unattended. Locking and unlocking<br />

<strong>of</strong> doors is very uncommon to American<br />

students as American classrooms, with<br />

projectors and televisions, are open 24<br />

hours a day and the pr<strong>of</strong>essors, while<br />

on campus, <strong>of</strong>ten leave their <strong>of</strong>fice<br />

doors wide open, even when unattended.<br />

<strong>The</strong>impact<strong>of</strong>thecurrentsocio-economic<br />

influence was most apparent<br />

when visiting the library or walking the<br />

grounds <strong>of</strong> Unisa. <strong>The</strong> library was filled<br />

with students who had travelled long distances<br />

by train, taxi, or bus to do research.<br />

Even though Unisa is a<br />

correspondence university, hundreds <strong>of</strong><br />

students come each day to the university's<br />

library. Lack <strong>of</strong> financial means and<br />

housing accommodation on campus,<br />

cause students travelling long distances<br />

to `camp' in the library areas. <strong>The</strong> library<br />

appearstopersonifyaminisquatter<br />

camp. This was unique, as in America<br />

students come and go quickly to the library<br />

as it is used primarily for research<br />

purposes and now that technology (the<br />

Internet) is available within the homes <strong>of</strong><br />

each student, the traditional university libraries<br />

have become less <strong>of</strong> a need on<br />

the American campuses.<br />

From a psychological standpoint, there<br />

appeared to be an `ownership' <strong>of</strong> the library<br />

use and the Unisa students did<br />

not welcome the tour by university personnel<br />

and visitors. <strong>The</strong> tour guide and<br />

the visitors were viewed as intruders into<br />

the student's personal space.While visiting<br />

this structure filled with numerous<br />

resources one gets the incredible sense<br />

<strong>of</strong> the wealth <strong>of</strong> knowledge that is available<br />

to students. Upon entering the Unisa<br />

library one quickly looks up to the<br />

ceiling in order to inhale the ambiance<br />

<strong>of</strong> this richly endowed building. However,<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 13


the impact was short lived as some <strong>of</strong><br />

the Unisa students quickly and abruptly<br />

voiced their annoyances to the American<br />

visitors. <strong>The</strong> tone <strong>of</strong> voice used and<br />

the way in which they approached were<br />

quite aggressive. An immediate sense<br />

<strong>of</strong> being unwelcome was experienced,<br />

andtherewasanunspoken,implicit<br />

pressure not to talk or stay too long. <strong>The</strong><br />

American visitors' reactions to the atmosphere<br />

the library was one <strong>of</strong> disillusionment<br />

and mistrust toward the Unisa<br />

students (Lux's second stage <strong>of</strong> transformation<br />

order).<br />

In addition to the unfamiliarity <strong>of</strong> negative<br />

library conduct, it was also unfamiliar<br />

for the American visitors to be<br />

approached by students or cleaning personnel<br />

on campus for money. <strong>The</strong> individuals<br />

who asked for money were quite<br />

forward, specifying a certain amount<br />

moving very closely into the student's<br />

personal space. One person even<br />

placed his hands on one <strong>of</strong> the Americans'<br />

shoulders and squeezed as he requested<br />

money. <strong>The</strong> approaching Unisa<br />

students became hostile in tone <strong>of</strong> voice<br />

if they did not receive what they had requested.<br />

This style <strong>of</strong> approach and interaction<br />

was very disconcerting and<br />

one did not feel safe to explore or walk<br />

the grounds <strong>of</strong> Unisa, especially alone.<br />

<strong>The</strong> classroom instruction, style <strong>of</strong> presentation<br />

and interaction with the Unisa<br />

Psychology pr<strong>of</strong>essors are very novel<br />

and quite intriguing for the American<br />

visitor. <strong>The</strong> structure <strong>of</strong> the instruction<br />

was very free flowing and primarily in a<br />

discussion format. Students are challenged<br />

to engage in debates not only<br />

with the other students but also with the<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>essors. Pr<strong>of</strong>essors also debated<br />

with one another openly about their own<br />

theoretical orientations in front <strong>of</strong> students.<br />

<strong>The</strong> instruction was very practice<br />

based ^ students begin experiential<br />

work with families or individuals from<br />

day one <strong>of</strong> their studies. In America, students<br />

are mandated by the various<br />

learned societies to complete a set <strong>of</strong><br />

foundational coursework before doing<br />

any practical work.<br />

<strong>The</strong> American classroom style <strong>of</strong> presentation<br />

is very passive. Pr<strong>of</strong>essors<br />

use overhead materials, students take<br />

notes, study is tested, and very little debate<br />

takes place during the structure <strong>of</strong><br />

the course. At first, the Unisa style <strong>of</strong><br />

presentation was overwhelming to us<br />

but it was soon discovered that this form<br />

<strong>of</strong> presentation was very challenging,<br />

the debates left questions in the students'<br />

minds and the American students<br />

were highly impressed with the teachings<br />

<strong>of</strong> the Unisa Psychology Department.<br />

<strong>The</strong> psychological context,<br />

created for the Unisa students and conveyed<br />

to the American students from<br />

this style <strong>of</strong> teaching, is a feeling <strong>of</strong> selfworth<br />

and acknowledgment. <strong>The</strong> Unisa<br />

Psychology Department is housed in a<br />

safe underpinning in which people are<br />

able to express and debate differences,<br />

and this safe atmosphere conveys that<br />

one can debate and not be personally<br />

or pr<strong>of</strong>essionally attacked (Lux's fourth<br />

stage transformation <strong>of</strong> order).<br />

Agape, Community Based on<br />

Healing<br />

Agape, meaning `person love,' is a healing<br />

community that meets every Wednesday<br />

in Mamelodi, a township located<br />

outside the Pretoria city limits. Faculty<br />

members and students from Unisa's<br />

Psychology Department provide psychotherapy<br />

sessions and develop various<br />

projects for members <strong>of</strong> this<br />

14 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


community on a weekly basis.Within the<br />

confines <strong>of</strong> Agape there is a sense <strong>of</strong><br />

community as people from different cultural<br />

backgrounds come together to<br />

learn from, and help one another. It is an<br />

environment where people can begin to<br />

obtain an understanding <strong>of</strong> one another<br />

and where misapprehensions between<br />

cultures are recognised and grappled<br />

with (Lux's fourth stage transformation<br />

<strong>of</strong> order). Outside <strong>of</strong> the Agape area, the<br />

American visitors were readily reminded<br />

<strong>of</strong> the ever-present dangers that loom<br />

within the community.<br />

<strong>The</strong> first thing that is noticeable when<br />

entering the Agape confines is the physical<br />

barriers. A tall barbwire fence surrounds<br />

the counselling grounds that are<br />

supposedly open to the entire community.<br />

This is disconcerting, as it shows<br />

that even though the atmosphere within<br />

Agape is open and accepting, fear for<br />

personal safety is evident. Within Agape<br />

thereisalsoadaycarecentrethatis<br />

fenced with barbwire reminding one that<br />

children are also vulnerable to the physical<br />

dangers from community members.<br />

As the day starts, everyone sits in a large<br />

circle talking about themselves and what<br />

they have experienced lately. This is to<br />

encourage the students and community<br />

members in the group to become one<br />

and to work as a unit. <strong>The</strong> psychological<br />

barriers that individual people came to<br />

Agape with need to be exorcised so that<br />

the day can become a functional, positive<br />

one. Initially, the people seem uncomfortable<br />

and it is difficulet to<br />

overcome the personal barrier <strong>of</strong> opening<br />

up to people that one does not know<br />

very well, which is not atypical <strong>of</strong> a therapeutic<br />

session in America.<br />

A psychological barrier that became<br />

evident as the day progressed relates to<br />

a cultural trait among community members.<br />

Even though faculty and students<br />

aretheretoprovideaservicetothe<br />

community, the people who come for<br />

therapy do not approach the therapists<br />

for help. Rather, they wait to be approached.<br />

<strong>The</strong> implicit rules concerning<br />

approachability is a cultural trait, born<br />

out <strong>of</strong> respect. <strong>The</strong> belief system <strong>of</strong> citizens<br />

<strong>of</strong> the townships reinforces that<br />

out <strong>of</strong> respect for one's position and expertise,<br />

they must wait patiently and be<br />

called upon. As this is not part <strong>of</strong> the<br />

American or Afrikaans cultures, one has<br />

to gain understanding and acceptance<br />

(Lux's fifth stage transformation <strong>of</strong> order)<br />

in order for implicit barriers to be<br />

overcome. For the therapists to be effective,<br />

they needed to take the risk <strong>of</strong> going<br />

beyond these implicit barriers to find a<br />

common ground from which to work.<br />

<strong>The</strong>therapistsinthissituationapproached<br />

the patients, and in doing so,<br />

the barrier born out <strong>of</strong> respect and culture<br />

was bridged, and a working relationship<br />

in which healing was the product<br />

was forged.<br />

Barriers Within the SOS<br />

Children's Village<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are many barriers surrounding the<br />

SOS Village, that is, a group home for<br />

children and adolescents, aged from<br />

birth through to 18 years, which is run<br />

like a community but housed in the<br />

township <strong>of</strong> Mamelodi. <strong>The</strong> children's<br />

schools are located on the premises <strong>of</strong><br />

the SOS Village. In many countries<br />

around the world parents abandon their<br />

children due to issues relating to poverty.<br />

Orphanages, such as the SOS Village,<br />

are springing up in impoverished countries<br />

to try and help care for these children<br />

(Ahmad & Mohamad, 1996). In<br />

<strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>, up to12 children are placed<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 15


inahomewithaHouse-Momwhere<br />

they remain until they are 18 years <strong>of</strong><br />

age. <strong>The</strong> children come from different<br />

tribes, speak different languages, and<br />

have different cultural values. For Americans<br />

this is not unusual, as the United<br />

States is known as the `melting pot',<br />

since for decades people from many different<br />

lands have, and continue to, migrate<br />

to the United States. More<br />

recently, the United States has been referred<br />

to as a `salad bowl' where distinct<br />

subcultures live among one another and<br />

function together within a society as a<br />

whole. This collective process and style<br />

<strong>of</strong> living in America is what Ramutsindela<br />

(2001) referred to as the need for the<br />

people <strong>of</strong> <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> to redefine their<br />

identity in terms <strong>of</strong> the transformation<br />

into a whole society.<br />

Many psychological and physical barriers<br />

become apparent during a visit to<br />

the orphanage. Some <strong>of</strong> the barriers are<br />

very explicit while others are more implicit.<br />

Once again, the most obvious physical<br />

barrier is the large barbwire fence<br />

and brick wall surrounding the village<br />

with a guard posted at the gate. This is<br />

obviously a physical barrier, however, it<br />

can also be interpreted as a psychological<br />

barrier. <strong>The</strong> children <strong>of</strong> SOS Village<br />

are located within the Agape community<br />

in the township <strong>of</strong> Mamelodi, but they are<br />

virtually unable to enter and leave the orphanage<br />

<strong>of</strong> their own accord, particularly<br />

the older adolescents. Although<br />

the large fence separates the children<br />

from the rest <strong>of</strong> the community for safety<br />

reasons, it serves as a disadvantage as<br />

well. Many childcare institutions thrive<br />

from community orientation, such as<br />

community planning, participation and<br />

utilisation <strong>of</strong> community services, which<br />

prepares children/adolescents for community<br />

living (Seidl,1974). In a township<br />

such as Mamelodi, the community support<br />

and relationship are very important<br />

to the development <strong>of</strong> the inhabitants.<br />

<strong>The</strong> children/adolescents are not able<br />

to take adequate advantage <strong>of</strong> the benefits<br />

derived from inter-relating with<br />

people within the community due to the<br />

necessity <strong>of</strong> seclusion for safety sake.<br />

Within the townships the possibility <strong>of</strong><br />

violence consisting <strong>of</strong> rape, car hijackings,<br />

physical beatings, theft and murder<br />

looms. Implicitly this reinforces the psychological<br />

barriers <strong>of</strong> fear and insecurity<br />

relating to one's well-being. Yet, one<br />

questions how children will develop coping<br />

and streetwise skills so that when<br />

they are 18 and older they will be able to<br />

survive in the surrounding community<br />

which they enter to live as an adult.<br />

Each house at the SOS Village has a<br />

House-Mom and aide residing in the<br />

cottage-like structure. Each House-<br />

Mom raises the children as if they were<br />

`her own' and a family environment is<br />

created. However, one psychological<br />

barrier that exists within each home is<br />

that the house mothers cannot protect<br />

each child against theft perpetrated by<br />

other children in the home.<strong>The</strong> children's<br />

individual possessions are extremely<br />

limited, their bedroom doors are locked<br />

and children possess only the very basic<br />

<strong>of</strong> items. It is difficult for an American<br />

visitor to understand how people can<br />

live together yet steal from one another.<br />

From an American point <strong>of</strong> view, it<br />

seems impossible that a house mother<br />

could get past this psychological barrier<br />

and be capable <strong>of</strong> identifying with children<br />

as `her own' while the issues <strong>of</strong> mistrust<br />

were present. While a House-Mom<br />

has the power to remove this psychological<br />

and physical barrier and trust the<br />

children in her home, she is most likely<br />

hesitant to do so because should any-<br />

16 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


thing happened she and the other childrenwouldbeplacedinaveryvulnerable<br />

position. Again, the physical and<br />

psychological barriers that are encountered<br />

in the SOS Village are being maintained<br />

for a basic sense <strong>of</strong> security and<br />

well-being.<br />

A Glittering Resort ± Sun City<br />

In many ways Sun City is reminiscent <strong>of</strong><br />

a miniature Las Vegas, Nevada, in the<br />

United States. <strong>The</strong>re are many hotels,<br />

casinos, restaurants, shops and nightclubs.<br />

Each hotel is bedecked in glitter<br />

and lights. <strong>The</strong> grounds are extravagantly<br />

laid out with tropical plants,<br />

shrubs and other vegetation. Swimming<br />

pools with elaborate slides, magnificent<br />

golf courses, waterfalls and the monorail<br />

car system made us feel like we were in<br />

Las Vegas.What appears different is the<br />

psychological and physical barriers that<br />

exist in and around this sparkling and<br />

glimmering complex. This resort is located<br />

in the middle <strong>of</strong> the North West<br />

province in an area <strong>of</strong> scrubby countryside<br />

well out <strong>of</strong> the city. It is built in an<br />

area which is adjacent to the Pilanesburg<br />

National Park, a 50 000 hectare<br />

game sanctuary where wild animals<br />

roam free.<br />

Owing to lack <strong>of</strong> transportation and limited<br />

housing facilities in the area many <strong>of</strong><br />

the employees reside in a nearby village<br />

that was built especially for them. In order<br />

to return to their homes at night, the<br />

employees are driven in a bus to their village<br />

which is surrounded by locked<br />

gates. Upon entering the village each<br />

employee is subjected to searches <strong>of</strong><br />

their purses and parcels. If they own a<br />

vehicle, their trunks are also examined<br />

for stolen articles. For security reasons,<br />

employees are issued cards that unlock<br />

the gates that surround their neighborhood.<br />

<strong>The</strong> employees can come and go<br />

as they please; however, their departures<br />

are documented with their computerised<br />

cards.<br />

In America the casinos and hotels are<br />

very open and people drive or walk from<br />

casino to casino along main streets and<br />

side streets filled with people and glitter.<br />

Employees do not live within the confines<br />

<strong>of</strong> a casino development but drive<br />

to and from work. Often they may need<br />

to park in a parking lot <strong>of</strong>f the premises<br />

and be bussed to the casino entrance.<br />

Employees are also checked for theft<br />

but the security measures are much less<br />

evasive and are taken in a private area <strong>of</strong><br />

the casino. Employees and clients are<br />

monitored constantly by invasive measures<br />

such as video cameras.<br />

For an American it is hard to understand<br />

that the Sun City Management has to<br />

take such intense security measures to<br />

protect the hotel complex from daily<br />

theft. Furthermore, it was difficult to understand<br />

why peole have to live in such<br />

tight security in order to be protected<br />

from harm. <strong>The</strong> physical barriers in the<br />

Sun City Village provide security and at<br />

thesametimepreventtheresidents<br />

from the coming and going. In an environment<br />

that personifies wealth and<br />

money, it is without question that extreme<br />

measures are necessary for the<br />

welfare <strong>of</strong> the employees, the visitors,<br />

and the maintenance <strong>of</strong> a magnificent<br />

complex that was erected in a country<br />

where unemployment and a devalued<br />

rand are reflections <strong>of</strong> the economic<br />

problems within the country.<br />

DISCUSSION<br />

Across all contexts visited by the American<br />

students in <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>, there was<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 17


the presence <strong>of</strong> physical and psychological<br />

barriers that have been developed<br />

to provide a sense <strong>of</strong> security and personal<br />

protection in a country that is in flux<br />

and transformation. <strong>The</strong> people <strong>of</strong> <strong>South</strong><br />

<strong>Africa</strong> are learning how to live with, accept,<br />

understand and tolerate differences.<br />

<strong>The</strong> contexts observed and<br />

experienced demonstrated several approaches<br />

that were being utilised to<br />

move through Lux's transformation <strong>of</strong> order.<br />

Specifically, psychology students<br />

from all backgrounds were participating<br />

in community projects and providing<br />

psychological services to people <strong>of</strong> all<br />

socio-economic levels in the community.<strong>The</strong><br />

presence and life <strong>of</strong> Agape within<br />

a striving and needy township<br />

demonstrated a system that was functioning<br />

at a very high level <strong>of</strong> transformation<br />

order and represented Lux's fourth<br />

phase <strong>of</strong> understanding. <strong>The</strong> ability <strong>of</strong><br />

Unisa's Psychology graduate students<br />

to debate openly with one another as<br />

well as the pr<strong>of</strong>essors fosters an environment<br />

where misapprehensions can<br />

be challenged, debated and released.<br />

<strong>The</strong> neighbourhoods around Pretoria<br />

and other parts <strong>of</strong> the country are becoming<br />

integrated and people from different<br />

cultural backgrounds and tribes<br />

are living side by side. <strong>The</strong> incorporation<br />

<strong>of</strong> orphaned children into family clusters<br />

and the philosophy that `it takes a village<br />

to raise a child' will help break down future<br />

cultural differences. At resort areas<br />

people are being provided with jobs,<br />

housing and a sense <strong>of</strong> security. Within<br />

these contexts misconceptions and<br />

stereotypes are being presented, dealt<br />

with, struggled with, and broken down.<br />

This will lead to a greater understanding,<br />

tolerance, and acceptance <strong>of</strong> one another's<br />

cultural values and beliefs.<br />

In general, from the eyes <strong>of</strong> the American<br />

students, it appears that the people<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> are primarily in Lux's second<br />

stage <strong>of</strong> transformation order, which<br />

is disillusion and mistrust. <strong>The</strong> educational<br />

system observed at Unisa appears<br />

to be attempting to create a<br />

higher level <strong>of</strong> transformation <strong>of</strong> order<br />

through open discussions, debates, acceptance<br />

and respect for individual differences.<br />

However, this is only a micro<br />

subset within a larger system. Even<br />

though students are being exposed to,<br />

and can practice, modelling techniques<br />

for a higher order <strong>of</strong> transformation within<br />

the confines <strong>of</strong> the classroom, it appears<br />

to be difficult to apply this<br />

approach in the community at large. <strong>The</strong><br />

American students observed incongruity<br />

between the two systems. In order<br />

for change to begin, small steps and<br />

risks in relation to interactions between<br />

people must be taken. In time, what Unisa<br />

personifies to each student will cross<br />

the boundaries into other institutions<br />

and settings. <strong>The</strong> greatest display <strong>of</strong> human<br />

acceptance was personified at<br />

Agape. However, immediately stepping<br />

outside the walls <strong>of</strong> Agape, the universal<br />

sense <strong>of</strong> mistrust and disillusionment<br />

were ever present.<br />

Since the fall <strong>of</strong> apartheid, many transitions<br />

have taken place in <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>.<br />

As <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>ns struggle to find a<br />

common national identity, they will inevitably<br />

go through various stages <strong>of</strong> transformation.<br />

<strong>The</strong> method by which the<br />

stages are approached and resolved will<br />

have an effect on the destruction or<br />

maintenance <strong>of</strong> the psychological and<br />

physical barriers within the society. As<br />

American students perceived <strong>South</strong><br />

<strong>Africa</strong> as a country in flux and transformation,<br />

they saw the model <strong>of</strong> transformation<br />

and order presented by Lux as<br />

one which could be employed to allevi-<br />

18 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


ate the stress that people experience as<br />

they work through the transformation<br />

process. Lux's model could be a resource<br />

as well as a source <strong>of</strong> hope and<br />

encouragement for individuals approaching<br />

the vast task <strong>of</strong> overcoming<br />

barriers.<br />

Long-term goals need to be developed<br />

to overcome the hardships that were left<br />

behind by apartheid. Small steps must<br />

be taken in order to achieve the larger<br />

goal. Lux (1999) describes a 12-step<br />

model for resolving conflict and implementation<br />

or consideration. This model<br />

can be applied in any business, educational,<br />

or agency setting where daily interactions,<br />

discussions and decisionmaking<br />

are necessary. This model, if implemented,<br />

may help the <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>n<br />

people move beyond the psychological<br />

and physical barriers which are such a<br />

part <strong>of</strong> <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> today:<br />

1. External leadership may be needed<br />

to break down bias and skewed discussions.<br />

2. Complete neutrality and equal consideration<br />

<strong>of</strong> ideas must be presented<br />

to all opposing sides.<br />

3. Common long-term goals and objectives<br />

with clear aims are necessary<br />

to reorientate people in a new<br />

direction.<br />

4. Short-term improvement in service<br />

with mixed staffing that would involve<br />

service provision in different<br />

locations and the merging <strong>of</strong> departments<br />

to break down resistant attitudes<br />

need to be implemented.<br />

5. Reaching understanding <strong>of</strong> different<br />

points <strong>of</strong> view by working together<br />

is crucial. This would involve moving<br />

beyond viewing differences <strong>of</strong> opinion<br />

as destructive and divisive.<br />

6. Different clientele requires different<br />

behaviour. This implies that individuals<br />

from different backgrounds or<br />

tribes will respond to, and behave<br />

differently in, the same context.<br />

7. Clear decisions and anticipation <strong>of</strong><br />

difficulties resulting from compromises<br />

need to be attended to, identified,<br />

and processes for evaluation<br />

and adaptation be made available.<br />

8. Improving the information culture is<br />

vital so that information is available<br />

across all subsystems. Such information<br />

should not come from just a<br />

`higher up' position.<br />

9. Conscious fostering <strong>of</strong> changes in<br />

behaviour to one another's needs<br />

must be developed as one becomes<br />

aware <strong>of</strong> the significant social differences<br />

within each context.<br />

10. Changing the nature <strong>of</strong> discussions<br />

so that those people who will be responsible<br />

for carrying out the task<br />

have input into the development <strong>of</strong><br />

the process.<br />

11. Delegating responsibility to the`shop<br />

floor' is <strong>of</strong> primary importance so<br />

that people can become responsible<br />

for their own futures and be allowed<br />

to become involved in the process <strong>of</strong><br />

change so that differences can be<br />

set aside and acceptance being<br />

adopted.<br />

12. Unanimity is neither achievable nor<br />

necessary ^ acceptability will do.<br />

People must come to accept that it<br />

may not be possible to achieve universal<br />

approval and that people may<br />

hold different opinions. <strong>The</strong> crucial<br />

element is that people develop a<br />

readiness to go along with a decision,<br />

to aid in putting it into effect<br />

and not expend energy boycotting it.<br />

Using a systems perspective, this model<br />

canbemodifiedt<strong>of</strong>itmostcircumstances<br />

and situations. <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>ns<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 19


may want to consider adopting some aspects<br />

<strong>of</strong> this 12-step model for conflict<br />

resolution to help them move to a higher<br />

order <strong>of</strong> transformation.<br />

Without a doubt, to the American visitors,<br />

<strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> is not only a magnificent<br />

country but is richly endowed with<br />

great men and women in its political, cultural,<br />

religious and economic life.We left<br />

with a great respect that <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>ns<br />

are being asked to redefine their identity<br />

in terms <strong>of</strong> the transformation from<br />

apartheid into a whole society. <strong>The</strong> psychological<br />

and physical barriers that<br />

have developed out <strong>of</strong> personal and<br />

economic conditions will be present for<br />

the foreseeable future as they have a<br />

place, a need, and a role in maintaining<br />

structure and order. However, as <strong>South</strong><br />

<strong>Africa</strong>ns work and unite together in their<br />

struggles to become free and transform<br />

into a strong, united country, these barriers<br />

will slowly dissolve and <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong><br />

will show the world that they are not<br />

only the land <strong>of</strong> hope but also a land that<br />

can achieve and survive the transition to<br />

a democracy.<br />

REFERENCES<br />

Ahmad, A. Mohamad, K. 1996. <strong>The</strong> socioemotional development <strong>of</strong> orphans in orphanages<br />

and traditional foster care in Iraqi Kurdistan. Child Abuse and Neglect, 20(12), 1 161±<br />

1 173.<br />

Borchet, P. 1995. This is <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>. Cape Town, <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>: Struik Publishing Ltd.<br />

Guelke, A. 1999. <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> in transition: <strong>The</strong> misunderstood miracle. London: I. B.<br />

Lewin, P. 2000. William Hutt and the economics <strong>of</strong> apartheid. Constitutional Political<br />

Economy, 11(3), 255±264.<br />

Lux, C. 1999. Managing library staff from a different cultural background ± the East±West<br />

conflict in Berlin. International Federation <strong>of</strong> Library Associations and Institutions, code<br />

number 034-106-E, Meeting number 106.<br />

Peppas, S. C. 2001. Subcultural similarities and differences: An examination <strong>of</strong> U.S. core<br />

values. Cross Cutlural Management, 8(1), 59±68.<br />

Ramutsindela, M. F. 2001. Down the post-colonial road: Reconstructing the post-apartheid<br />

state in <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>. Political Geography, 20(1), 57±84.<br />

Seidl, F. W. 1974. Community oriented residential care: <strong>The</strong> sate <strong>of</strong> the art. Child Care<br />

Quarterly, 3(3), 150±163.<br />

20 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


<strong>The</strong> dangers <strong>of</strong> entitlement<br />

F. J. A. Snyders<br />

Chairperson, Department <strong>of</strong> Psychology<br />

ABSTRACT An interesting phenomenon and vexing problem in higher education<br />

in <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> is the attitude labelled entitlement. In this brief article<br />

the attitude and process <strong>of</strong> entitlement is defined, certain characteristics<br />

<strong>of</strong> entitlement in chronic organisations are identified, and the<br />

dangers <strong>of</strong> this phenomenon at individual and organisational levels<br />

are mentioned.<br />

INTRODUCTION<br />

Aprominent American organisational<br />

psychologist (Bardwick,<br />

1991), is fond <strong>of</strong> telling<br />

the story <strong>of</strong> her involvement<br />

with a major international oil company<br />

and her friendship with a middle manager<br />

<strong>of</strong> this company. This man, in his<br />

forties, was earning a good salary <strong>of</strong> between<br />

$50 000 and $60 000 a year<br />

(roughly R450 000 to R540 000), but he<br />

was always broke. As a divorced father,<br />

he spent almost half <strong>of</strong> his income supporting<br />

his only daughter. While the<br />

father was poor, the daughter lived in<br />

luxury ^ she attended a private school,<br />

had private tennis lessons, went to an<br />

exclusive summer camp, and so on.<br />

One day the father made an urgent appointment<br />

with the psychologist, and<br />

told her that he had been badly upset<br />

by a phone call from the privileged<br />

young girl who had rung to remind her<br />

father that he owed her a new car.`Why<br />

does she assume that you owe her a<br />

car?' asked the psychologist. `Because<br />

she is about to turn sixteen. She says I<br />

owe her a car because she is sixteen!'<br />

This way <strong>of</strong> viewing life, this attitude, is<br />

called entitlement. People with this attitude<br />

believe that they are owed many<br />

things in life; they do not have to earn<br />

what they get, but they are entitled to it,<br />

not because <strong>of</strong> what they do, but because<br />

<strong>of</strong> who they are.<br />

Entitlement defined<br />

Entitlement may be described as a<br />

sense <strong>of</strong> deservingness (`I deserve respect,<br />

a bonus, a degree, and so on'). It<br />

may become a kind <strong>of</strong> identity which<br />

presupposes the individual's own rights<br />

and needs, such as the right to<br />

. status and power;<br />

. others' mind and bodies;<br />

. space and place;<br />

. not to pay attention to other peoples'<br />

reactions, not to be empathic;<br />

. view life as a constant battle, as winning<br />

and losing, with losing resulting in<br />

shame and humiliation for the individual;<br />

. blame outwards and blame others<br />

without considering one's own role in<br />

problems and processes;<br />

. view oneself as superior.<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 21<br />

article article article article article article article article article article article article article article article article a


<strong>The</strong> dangers <strong>of</strong> entitlement<br />

Itmaybewisetosoundawarningto<br />

those people who are in the process <strong>of</strong><br />

achieving something special, like a first<br />

or second or doctoral degree, and then<br />

falling prey to the seduction <strong>of</strong> entitlement.<br />

<strong>The</strong> attainment <strong>of</strong> a degree does<br />

not entitle one to anything, but merely<br />

marks the beginning <strong>of</strong> a process <strong>of</strong><br />

earning respect, success, status, capital<br />

gain and so on. Entitlement tends to develop<br />

into an insidious disease, which<br />

can lead to heavy complacency, low<br />

self-esteem and low productivity. One<br />

may become lazy, complacent and comfortable!<br />

What follows are some notes<br />

on the Psychology <strong>of</strong> Entitlement, and a<br />

definition <strong>of</strong> entitlement as an individual<br />

as well as an organisational disease.<br />

Colleague Don Foster, a prominent Psychology<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>essor at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />

Cape Town, describes entitlement as a<br />

kind <strong>of</strong> identity as well as a quasi-emotional<br />

state which may be fuelled by<br />

ideologies, economic circumstances,<br />

social constructions and many other societal<br />

forces in interaction. An example<br />

<strong>of</strong> a dangerous ideology <strong>of</strong> entitlement<br />

would be when one person represents a<br />

number <strong>of</strong> intersecting and overlapping<br />

entitlements. One may study the State<br />

Security Services <strong>of</strong> the previous regime<br />

(Foster, 1999) to illustrate how a<br />

context <strong>of</strong> atrocity and oppression became<br />

possible by means <strong>of</strong> the concentration<br />

<strong>of</strong> a number <strong>of</strong> ideologies in<br />

individuals:<br />

. militarism (superiority, hierarchy,<br />

ranking in importance);<br />

. masculinity (generally men commit<br />

atrocities; not women);<br />

. nationalism;<br />

. racism.<br />

Similarly, Foster (1999) pointed out the<br />

overlapping entitlements in black township<br />

youth during the apartheid years:<br />

. masculinity once more;<br />

. an authoritarian notion <strong>of</strong> discipline;<br />

. the ideologies <strong>of</strong> youth, coupled with<br />

inexperience;<br />

. the ideology <strong>of</strong> protest.<br />

Such entitlement flows very easily from<br />

perceptions concerning achievement,<br />

status, power and position. While individual<br />

entitlement <strong>of</strong> the kind that I have<br />

justdescribedmayleadtoatrocities<br />

such as the holocaust in Europe or<br />

events described to the Truth and Reconciliation<br />

Committee in <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>,<br />

complex organisations and systems<br />

may also be immobilised by processes<br />

<strong>of</strong> entitlement.<br />

Readers may be challenged to acknowledge<br />

whether they have encountered<br />

the following type <strong>of</strong> organisation during<br />

their careers and educational endeavours:<br />

An organisation in which there<br />

. is informal tenure for everyone;<br />

. is an appraisal system with no real<br />

impact;<br />

. exists a promotion system that does<br />

not reflect individual merit;<br />

. are lots and lots <strong>of</strong> rules;<br />

. is lots and lots <strong>of</strong> paper;<br />

. are many committees with no real<br />

authority;<br />

. is a compensation system that does<br />

not really reflect what people do;<br />

. a formal hierarchy exists in which differences<br />

in power dictate permissible<br />

behaviour;<br />

. is a process <strong>of</strong> pushing down responsibility<br />

without real delegation or empowerment;<br />

22 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


. are layers <strong>of</strong> people whose jobs are<br />

to ensure that no mistakes are made<br />

and no rules broken.<br />

Chances are that the reader has just recognised<br />

a comfortable and homeostatic<br />

organisation staffed by people who do<br />

not have to earn their positions, who<br />

safeguard their security at all cost, who<br />

keep their jobs and get paid whether they<br />

produce anything or nothing, who get<br />

their annual raises and bonuses regardless<br />

<strong>of</strong> what they contribute during the<br />

year, who are promoted as a result <strong>of</strong> seniority<br />

and not as a result <strong>of</strong> competence,<br />

and who take for granted what they receive<br />

to the extent that they want more.<br />

This kind <strong>of</strong> organisation is stuck in entitlement,<br />

which is institusionalisation <strong>of</strong><br />

the most destructive kind.<br />

CONCLUSION<br />

One needs to ensure that universities<br />

do not turn into contexts <strong>of</strong> entitlement<br />

for students and staff members. Tertiary<br />

organisations should remain provocative<br />

and challenging, should build in<br />

those differences that produce a difference,<br />

and should yield graduates who<br />

are capable <strong>of</strong> advancing and maintaining<br />

a competitive, civilised and coherent<br />

society. Although the history <strong>of</strong> <strong>South</strong><br />

<strong>Africa</strong> has demonstrated the dangers <strong>of</strong><br />

the phenomenon <strong>of</strong> entitlement through<br />

many years, this process is usually concealed<br />

behind layers <strong>of</strong> explicit as well<br />

as hidden agendas in living contexts<br />

from the home to the community and<br />

organisation.<br />

REFERENCES<br />

Bardwick. J. M. 1991. Danger in the comfort zone: From boardrooms to mailrooms ± how to<br />

break the entitlement habit that is killing American business. New York: Amacom.<br />

Foster, D. 2000. Entitlement as explanation for perpetrators' actions. <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>n Journal <strong>of</strong><br />

Psychology, 30(1), 10±13.<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 23


nually in <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> (CSIR, 2000). This<br />

includes 4 000 deaths, 10 000 serious<br />

injuries and 19 500 minor injuries that<br />

cost the country an estimated R2,55 billion<br />

(CSIR, 2000). It involves unimaginarticle<br />

article article article article article article article article article article article article article article article a<br />

An exploratory study <strong>of</strong> pedestrian traffic injuries<br />

at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong><br />

Madri Jansen van Rensburg, Kgomotso Rathlagane,<br />

Catherine Cosser, Kobus van Staden,<br />

Barbara Wade and D. Johan Kruger<br />

ABSTRACT This study explores pedestrian traffic injuries around the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> (Unisa) main campus in Pretoria. Twenty-five Unisa<br />

students participated in a purposive sample to provide an indication<br />

<strong>of</strong> areas where pedestrians have difficulty crossing the road, and<br />

where they are involved in traffic accidents. Most <strong>of</strong> the 25<br />

participants travelled by train and some by taxi, bus or exclusively<br />

on foot. All had to walk the final stretch to the main campus. <strong>The</strong><br />

majority <strong>of</strong> these participants came to the campus five days a week.<br />

Forty per cent <strong>of</strong> the participants experienced problems crossing the<br />

roads in and around Unisa. Although the participants were not<br />

themselves injured, they had witnessed a total <strong>of</strong> six traffic accidents<br />

involving pedestrians in the preceding three years. <strong>The</strong> roads that<br />

were reportedly difficult to cross were mainly (a) the Elandspoort<br />

Road stretching between the station and the stairs leading to the<br />

<strong>The</strong>o van Wijk building (where all six observed accidents occurring),<br />

and to a lesser extent (b) the Preller Street crossing in front <strong>of</strong> the<br />

main entrance to the <strong>The</strong>o van Wijk building. <strong>The</strong> accidents occurred<br />

mainly during morning and afternoon peak traffic hours. <strong>The</strong>re might<br />

have been overlap in the number <strong>of</strong> reported accidents, but the<br />

researchers were not able to ascertain this with the current<br />

methodology. <strong>The</strong> results are interpreted from a public health<br />

perspective using Haddon's matrix <strong>of</strong> analysis (Haddon, 1980). A<br />

collective process <strong>of</strong> problem diagnosis and problem solving is<br />

proposed to assist in the design <strong>of</strong> more `forgiving systems' (Mohan,<br />

2001) that minimise the impact <strong>of</strong> human error involving pedestrians<br />

in road accidents. This study lays the groundwork to increasing<br />

pedestrians safety in and around the Unisa campus through a<br />

continued process <strong>of</strong> collaborative action and research.<br />

24 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA<br />

Pedestrian safety is a major<br />

problem on <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>n<br />

roads. According to the<br />

Council for Scientific and Industrial<br />

Research (CSIR) approximately<br />

33 500 pedestrian injuries occur an-


able cost and suffering to countless<br />

households and families.<br />

This exploratory study was motivated by<br />

observations that pedestrians travelling<br />

to and from the main Muckleneuk campus<br />

<strong>of</strong> Unisa find it difficult to cross the<br />

busy access roads, especially during<br />

peak traffic hours.<strong>The</strong> extent <strong>of</strong> this problem<br />

was, however, unclear and no research<br />

on this matter could be traced.<br />

<strong>The</strong> issue <strong>of</strong> pedestrian safety around<br />

Unisa was thought to be particularly important<br />

as the number <strong>of</strong> students who<br />

visit and study at the main campus has<br />

increased markedly over the past few<br />

years. Many <strong>of</strong> these students have limited<br />

financial means and take advantage<br />

<strong>of</strong> the lower study fees to study as `fulltime'distance<br />

education students at Unisa.<br />

Should they be involved in, and survive<br />

a severe traffic accident, their<br />

limited resource base would be severely<br />

taxed and this could place their academic<br />

endeavours in jeopardy.<br />

Pedestrian injury prevention<br />

Injury prevention is a multidisciplinary<br />

field, which is <strong>of</strong>ten managed from a<br />

public health perspective, where the input<br />

<strong>of</strong> medical, social, psychological, legal,<br />

engineering and other disciplines<br />

can be integrated. <strong>The</strong> public health approach<br />

is not so much concerned with<br />

whom is to blame, as this is <strong>of</strong>ten counter-productive<br />

and time-consuming. <strong>The</strong><br />

act <strong>of</strong> blaming also tends to attract much<br />

emotional tension and is destructive to<br />

sound reasoning, analysis and intervention.<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore, the public health emphasis<br />

is not on blaming individuals, groups<br />

or organisations, but on taking collective<br />

responsibility for the status quo and actively<br />

working together to prevent and<br />

reduce injuries.<br />

It also describes mishaps such as traffic<br />

accidents not as `accidents' or `acts <strong>of</strong><br />

God' ^ but as events that are, in principle,<br />

preventable. At the very least, the injury<br />

component <strong>of</strong> accidents can be greatly<br />

reduced, if not eliminated, even if the<br />

event itself cannot be eliminated or reduced.<br />

<strong>The</strong> schism between intentional<br />

and non-intentional injury is also problematic<br />

in the analysis and prevention <strong>of</strong><br />

both types <strong>of</strong> injuries, as the strategies<br />

employed to combat them are essentially<br />

the same.Thus injury prevention focuses<br />

on both intentional (violent) and<br />

non-intentional (accidental) injury.<br />

As for all public health problems, a prerequisite<br />

for the local-level targeting <strong>of</strong> injury<br />

prevention activities is the availability<br />

<strong>of</strong> epidemiological data that describe<br />

the causes, nature and extent <strong>of</strong><br />

the problem, as well as risk factor information<br />

through which intervention targets<br />

are identified (Annest & Mallonee,<br />

1995). Many risk factors for pedestrian<br />

traffic injury are well known.<br />

A study in the United Kingdom revealed<br />

that pedestrian injury rates were related<br />

to traffic flow, population density, age<br />

composition <strong>of</strong> the local population, unemployment,<br />

gender, education and<br />

availability <strong>of</strong> alcohol (LaScala, Gerber<br />

& Gruenewald, 2000). <strong>The</strong> pedestrian<br />

groups at highest risk for traffic accidents<br />

in Europe are children aged 5 to<br />

14 years and also the aged (Assailly,<br />

1997). According to Arrive Alive, people<br />

older than 60 and younger than 12 can<br />

<strong>of</strong>ten not estimate speed and distance<br />

correctly due to visual and physical limitations<br />

(Stiehler, 2002).<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is also higher risk for people <strong>of</strong> lower<br />

socio-economic groups, and for males<br />

who exhibit higher risk-taking tendencies<br />

than females. Risk-taking behaviour by<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 25


drivers and pedestrians involved in pedestrian<br />

road accidents has been shown<br />

to be an important contributing factor. In<br />

a study conducted by Flisher, Ziervogel,<br />

Chalton, Leger and Robertson (1993) on<br />

schoolchildren in the Cape Peninsula,<br />

males increased their risk-taking behaviour<br />

as they grew older. Alcohol use by<br />

pedestrians increases the odds <strong>of</strong> dying<br />

in a motor vehicle accident by at least<br />

three times (Miles-Doan,1996).<br />

Research findings by Arrive Alive (1999)<br />

in <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> show that the main contributory<br />

factors to traffic accidents are:<br />

. high speed <strong>of</strong> motor vehicle (that<br />

plays a role in 75% <strong>of</strong> vehicle accidents<br />

according to Stiehler, 2002);<br />

. drivers and/or pedestrians being under<br />

the influence <strong>of</strong> alcohol (or other<br />

substances);<br />

. vehicle and driver fitness (driving licences,<br />

tyres, lights, brakes, etc).<br />

Motorists in general also show high levels<br />

<strong>of</strong> disregard for the safety <strong>of</strong> pedestrians<br />

and in recent years excessively<br />

aggressive behaviour by motorists has<br />

increased substantially.<br />

An important consideration for injury analysis<br />

is the pre-event, event and post-event<br />

aspects as analysed in the Haddon matrix<br />

(Haddon,1980).<strong>The</strong> matrix considers<br />

. pre-events (such as dangerous road<br />

conditions, absence <strong>of</strong> safe pedestrian<br />

crossings, the subjective state<br />

<strong>of</strong> driver and pedestrian);<br />

. events (conditions and behaviours at<br />

the time <strong>of</strong> the accident or problem);<br />

. post-event factors (help <strong>of</strong>fered,<br />

medical services, rehabilitation, prosecution<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong>fenders, accident analysis<br />

by traffic department and<br />

appropriate remedial modifications).<br />

Interventions that aim to reduce and<br />

control injuries can be classified in four<br />

broad categories: (a) engineering, (b)<br />

environmental modification, (c) education<br />

and behavioural change, and (d) enforcement<br />

and legislation (Butchart &<br />

Kruger, 2001). <strong>The</strong> first factor, (a) engineering,<br />

involves changing the basic<br />

structure <strong>of</strong> the injury-causing products<br />

to make them safer, such as s<strong>of</strong>t bumpers<br />

that are impact absorbing, speed<br />

governors that limit a vehicle's maximum<br />

speed, or intelligent vehicles that can<br />

sense pedestrians in the road and perform<br />

split-second evasive action.<br />

<strong>The</strong> second factor, (b) environmental<br />

modification, involves changing the environment,<br />

for example the night-time<br />

lighting <strong>of</strong> streets, installing traffic lights<br />

and pedestrian crossings, providing reflective<br />

clothing to improve night-time<br />

pedestrian visibility, and traffic-calming<br />

measures to reduce the speed <strong>of</strong> impact.<br />

Some universities, such as the <strong>University</strong><br />

<strong>of</strong> the Witwatersrand and the<br />

<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Pretoria, who have also experienced<br />

problems with pedestrian<br />

safety ^ built bridges and closed certain<br />

roads to promote pedestrian safety.<br />

Education and behavioural change, (c), involves<br />

awareness raising and transferring<br />

skills, knowledge and attitudes that promote<br />

safe behaviour. This is a costly and<br />

<strong>of</strong>ten inefficient way <strong>of</strong> attaining behavioural<br />

change, especially for older people.<br />

It is well known that many people do<br />

not follow instructions and there is wide<br />

variation between people's knowledge<br />

and their actual behaviour (Mohan, 2001).<br />

Lastly, enforcement and legislation, (d), involve<br />

the establishment and application <strong>of</strong><br />

safety laws regarding drunken driving,<br />

speeding and safety standards for vehicles.This<br />

includes the new Administrative<br />

26 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


Adjudication <strong>of</strong> Road Traffic Offences Act,<br />

(Act 46 <strong>of</strong> 1998) which, if enforced, will<br />

pave the way for a more efficient system<br />

<strong>of</strong> collecting traffic fines and also instituting<br />

a points demerit system `which will enable<br />

the identification <strong>of</strong> habitual<br />

<strong>of</strong>fenders and ensure that they are removed<br />

from the roads' (Arrive Alive,1999).<br />

Injury prevention is much more difficult in<br />

contexts where there is a large variety between<br />

the various road users in terms <strong>of</strong><br />

their mode <strong>of</strong> transport and the technologies<br />

involved. If Mohan's typology <strong>of</strong> high<br />

and low-income communities (2001) is<br />

used, some important differences between<br />

road users in <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> and<br />

other economically developing countries<br />

become visible.<strong>The</strong>re is no one homogenous<br />

group <strong>of</strong> road users. Instead, differences<br />

<strong>of</strong> culture, religions, languages,<br />

common law, social customs and shared<br />

values abound. <strong>The</strong> poorer sections <strong>of</strong><br />

society have reduced levels <strong>of</strong> upward<br />

mobility and although they are the dominant<br />

proportion <strong>of</strong> the population, they<br />

have little influence on setting the social<br />

agenda. In high-income communities<br />

standardisation and homogenisation <strong>of</strong><br />

technologies have resulted in reduced<br />

complexity as evident in identical layout<br />

and design <strong>of</strong> roads and vehicles. In lowincome<br />

communities there is a much<br />

higher complexity and mix <strong>of</strong> old and new<br />

technologies (e.g. modern and ancient<br />

cars, taxis, trucks, lorries and buses, and<br />

donkey carts, bicycles and pedestrians)<br />

resulting in a wide variety <strong>of</strong> designs and<br />

layouts. <strong>The</strong>se circumstances produce<br />

environments that create different problems<br />

to high-incomes societies, and require<br />

unique and different solutions.<br />

Mohan (2001) argues that there is a poverty<br />

<strong>of</strong> theory amongst injury control pr<strong>of</strong>essionals<br />

for handling the situation in<br />

lower income countries and lower income<br />

communities. In addition, most road and<br />

intersection designs are designed primarily<br />

based on car, bus and truck movement,<br />

and neglect the needs <strong>of</strong> pedestrians and<br />

cyclists who are the most vulnerable<br />

groups on, and next to, the road.<br />

Research aim<br />

<strong>The</strong> aim <strong>of</strong> the study is to explore<br />

whether pedestrians have problems<br />

when crossing the roads in and around<br />

Unisa, and whether they have suffered<br />

or witnessed any pedestrian injuries in<br />

this area. Demographic differences and<br />

descriptions <strong>of</strong> the place, time, date,<br />

month and circumstances <strong>of</strong> every injury<br />

were also recorded.<br />

Method<br />

<strong>The</strong> students who were, at the time,<br />

doing the Unisa Directed Master's degree<br />

in Research Psychology during<br />

2000 developed an interview schedule,<br />

piloted the instrument and then conducted<br />

interviews with a sample <strong>of</strong> pedestrians.<br />

<strong>The</strong> data were coded, entered<br />

on computer and analysed using the<br />

Statistics for the Social Sciences (SPSS)<br />

s<strong>of</strong>tware program.<br />

Instrument<br />

<strong>The</strong> interview schedule consisted <strong>of</strong> 16<br />

questions. <strong>The</strong> questions pertained to<br />

biographical detail such as age, gender<br />

and home language. Participants were<br />

also asked whether they were full-time or<br />

part-time students, the type <strong>of</strong> transport<br />

they typically used to get to Unisa, and<br />

the times they typically arrived at and left<br />

the Unisa campus.<strong>The</strong> questionnaire also<br />

dealt with the number <strong>of</strong> times a week<br />

that they were on campus, where they<br />

crossed the road (by means <strong>of</strong> a map)<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 27


and the problems they experienced when<br />

crossing the road, if any. <strong>The</strong>y were also<br />

asked about the number <strong>of</strong> accidents that<br />

they were involved in, had personally observed<br />

or were aware <strong>of</strong>, as well as information<br />

about these accidents. This<br />

information included the number <strong>of</strong> accidents,<br />

when they occurred (time, date<br />

and day <strong>of</strong> the week), what happened,<br />

where it happened and the severity <strong>of</strong><br />

the injuries. Conditions at the time <strong>of</strong> the<br />

accident were recorded as well as the<br />

type <strong>of</strong> help <strong>of</strong>fered.<br />

Participants were given the opportunity<br />

to comment on their perception <strong>of</strong> problems<br />

and to present possible solutions.<br />

<strong>The</strong> final section <strong>of</strong> the questionnaire<br />

dealt with experiences <strong>of</strong> threats to personal<br />

safety (i.e. number and type <strong>of</strong><br />

threats to personal safety that have<br />

been experienced) as this was identified<br />

as a concern <strong>of</strong> pedestrians during the<br />

piloting <strong>of</strong> the questionnaire.<br />

<strong>The</strong> ethics and politics <strong>of</strong><br />

research<br />

As the safety <strong>of</strong> students and staff at Unisa<br />

is <strong>of</strong> major concern to management it<br />

was relatively easy to obtain permission<br />

to go ahead with the study from the head<br />

<strong>of</strong> the Psychology department, Pr<strong>of</strong><br />

Ricky Snyders, and the then Vice-Principal<br />

for Research, Pr<strong>of</strong> Max DÎckel.<br />

During the preceding year there had been<br />

some tension between students and management,<br />

as well as between staff and<br />

management. It was thought that there<br />

was a very real risk that this tension might<br />

spill over into this study. To counter this,<br />

and because the study was a limited exploratory<br />

study, the researchers decided<br />

not to contact the various stakeholders<br />

(except to gain permission from management).<br />

<strong>The</strong> information <strong>of</strong> the study would<br />

rather be used afterwards to maximise<br />

stakeholder involvement and to mobilise<br />

support around more substantial indicators<br />

<strong>of</strong> the scope <strong>of</strong> the problem.<br />

<strong>The</strong> aims <strong>of</strong> the research were also<br />

carefully explained at the beginning <strong>of</strong><br />

each interview. <strong>The</strong> expected suspicion<br />

and distrust toward the mostly white researchers<br />

who conducted the interviews<br />

with the predominantly black<br />

pedestrians was countered by the presence<br />

<strong>of</strong> the <strong>Africa</strong>n researcher, Kgomotso,<br />

in the research team. During and<br />

after the interviews quite a few interviewees<br />

approached her to clarify the purpose<br />

and motivation <strong>of</strong> the research.<br />

Sample<br />

A purposive sample <strong>of</strong> pedestrians who<br />

study at Unisa was used.Twenty-five pedestrians<br />

were interviewed during<br />

March 2000. None <strong>of</strong> the pedestrians<br />

who were approached refused to participate<br />

in the study.<br />

Results<br />

<strong>The</strong> biographical data <strong>of</strong> the participants<br />

show that 13 <strong>of</strong> the 25 participants were<br />

male (52%) and 12 were female (48%).<br />

<strong>The</strong> ages <strong>of</strong> the participants ranged from<br />

17 to 41 years <strong>of</strong> age, with an average <strong>of</strong><br />

23 years. <strong>The</strong> home language <strong>of</strong> 14 <strong>of</strong> the<br />

participants was Northern Sotho (56%), 6<br />

spoke Setswana (24%), 2 spoke isiZulu<br />

(8%), and 1 participant spokeTshivenda,1<br />

Ndebele, and 1 Setsonga (i.e. 4% each).<br />

Most <strong>of</strong> the pedestrians were full-time students<br />

(n = 23 or 92%) and only two <strong>of</strong> the<br />

participants were part-time students (8%).<br />

Most <strong>of</strong> the participants used the train to<br />

travel to Unisa and walked the last<br />

stretchuptothecampus(64%<strong>of</strong>the<br />

28 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


walk<br />

taxi<br />

bus<br />

train<br />

FIGURE 1: PIE CHART OF THE PRINCIPAL MODE OF TRANSPORT OF<br />

PARTICIPANTS<br />

sample, see Figure 1). <strong>The</strong> bus was used<br />

in 16% <strong>of</strong> the cases, after which they<br />

walked the last stretch. Four participants<br />

(also 16%) reported walking all the way<br />

to Unisa and 4% used a taxi and walked<br />

the last stretch.<br />

Participants reported entering the Unisa<br />

campus between 7h00 and 10h00 in the<br />

morning, and left between 13h00 and<br />

17h30. Most arrived at 9h00 (n=10) and<br />

left at 16h00 (n=12). <strong>The</strong> majority (n=16,<br />

64%) studied at Unisa five days a week.<br />

When asked to indicate where they<br />

crossed the road they reported the following<br />

(the numbers refer to the map in<br />

Figure 2):<br />

FIGURE 2: MAP OF UNISA INDICATING LOCATIONS WHERE<br />

PEDESTRIANS CROSS ACCESS ROADS<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 29


#1 Seven participants crossed the<br />

road at the Elandspoort robot<br />

(crossing number 1),<br />

#2 Five participants crossed the<br />

Elandspoort road between the station<br />

and the stairs (crossing number<br />

2),<br />

#3 Thirteen participants indicated that<br />

they crossed Preller Street in front<br />

<strong>of</strong> the<strong>The</strong>o van Wijk building (crossing<br />

number 3).<br />

#4 Two participants crossed the Mears<br />

Street extension close to the assignment<br />

boxes (crossing number<br />

4), and<br />

#5 One participant crossed Leyds<br />

Street at the B.J. Vorster Tower entrance<br />

(crossing number 5).<br />

Most participants ( 45%) crossed Preller<br />

Road where it goes under the <strong>The</strong>o van<br />

Wijk building (crossing #3), and then<br />

Elandspoort Road (24% at crossing #1<br />

and 17% at crossing #2).<br />

In this sample the Elandspoort Road (at<br />

crossings #1 and #2) was the road that<br />

most participants found difficult to cross.<br />

Nine <strong>of</strong> the ten participants indicated<br />

this road as problematic, the other road<br />

being Preller Road where it goes under<br />

the <strong>The</strong>o van Wijk building (crossing<br />

#3). <strong>The</strong> most difficult time to cross the<br />

road was in the mornings (69%). Some<br />

found it difficult to cross in both the<br />

morning and the afternoon (23%), and<br />

one found it difficult to cross in the afternoon<br />

only (8%).<br />

None <strong>of</strong> the participants were themselvesinjuredinatrafficaccident,nor<br />

had they heard <strong>of</strong> an accident. However,<br />

six participants (24%) personally witnessed<br />

traffic accidents. Five <strong>of</strong> the observations<br />

were on Elandspoort Road<br />

between the station and the stairs<br />

(crossing #2) and one at the Elandspoort<br />

traffic-light (crossing #1) as indicated<br />

in Table 1. It was reported that in<br />

four cases men were involved and in<br />

TABLE 1: SUMMARY OF DANGEROUS SECTION, INJURIES ANDTHE LOCATIONS<br />

WHERE PEDESTRIANS CROSS THE ROAD<br />

Location where pedestrians cross the road<br />

#1 #2 #3 #4 #5 Total<br />

Total number <strong>of</strong> places where 7 5 13 2 2 29*<br />

participants cross the road. 24% 17% 45% 7% 7% 100%<br />

Number <strong>of</strong> participants who 7 2 1 ö ö 10<br />

experienced problems crossing 70% 20% 10% 100%<br />

the road here. #<br />

Number <strong>of</strong> injuries witnessed 1 5 ö ö ö 6<br />

here by participants. ** 17% 83% 100%<br />

Key<br />

* Total more than the total number <strong>of</strong> 25 participants as some students reporting crossing at<br />

more than one location.<br />

# <strong>The</strong> largest reported problem and injury locations are blocked in grey.<br />

** Note that the same injury event may be referred to more than once by the different participants.<br />

30 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


two cases women. It is, however, quite<br />

likely that there is some overlap in the<br />

observed accidents and that they may<br />

refer to the same event, although there<br />

are differences in the month in which<br />

the events reportedly occurred in.<br />

In all <strong>of</strong> the witnessed accidents the pedestrians<br />

were crossing the road when<br />

they were struck by a passing motor vehicle.<br />

Four <strong>of</strong> these incidences occurred<br />

during the year 2000, and one in 1999<br />

and 1997 respectively (two other accidents<br />

were not described). All <strong>of</strong> the four<br />

described accidents occurred during the<br />

first three months <strong>of</strong> the year (one in January,<br />

two in February and one in March).<br />

<strong>The</strong> day <strong>of</strong> the week could only be recalled<br />

in two cases and it was reported<br />

to be on a Monday and a Wednesday.<br />

All <strong>of</strong> the accidents occurred during<br />

peak-hour traffic ^ two in the morning<br />

and three in the afternoon. Reported severity<br />

<strong>of</strong> the accidents included fractures<br />

to a hand and a leg, unconsciousness<br />

and bleeding.<strong>The</strong> police and ambulance<br />

staff <strong>of</strong>fered help in three cases each,<br />

and traffic <strong>of</strong>ficers and a student in one<br />

case each.<br />

Field observations show that there is a<br />

sharp bend in Elandspoort Road between<br />

the station and the stairs to Unisa's<br />

main campus. Drivers going from<br />

<strong>South</strong> to North experience reduce visibility<br />

because they arrive at the bend just<br />

when they are coming from an unpopulated<br />

highway area and are still travelling<br />

at relatively high speed. Most <strong>of</strong> the accidents<br />

that were reported occurred here.<br />

<strong>The</strong> only traffic reduction mechanism is<br />

a reduced speed sign, which does not<br />

seem to be very effective.<br />

When participants were asked to comment<br />

on the causes <strong>of</strong> the accidents<br />

they indicated:<br />

. heavy flow <strong>of</strong> traffic;<br />

. hasty drivers;<br />

. lack <strong>of</strong> traffic control;<br />

. victims become impatient in heavy<br />

traffic and then cross the road, and<br />

. the`students'and `the boy' were careless.<br />

Suggestions to prevent accidents included:<br />

. build a pedestrian bridge;<br />

. transport people to the campus via<br />

buses from close-lying areas;<br />

. a traffic <strong>of</strong>ficer should do point duty;<br />

. erect pedestrian signs;<br />

. erect traffic lights, and<br />

. erect stop signs.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se suggestions fall mainly in the categories<br />

<strong>of</strong> environmental and educational<br />

interventions. <strong>The</strong> pedestrian<br />

bridge would physically remove the pedestrians<br />

from direct risk <strong>of</strong> injury, and<br />

although more expensive, it reduces the<br />

negative outcome <strong>of</strong> driver and pedestrian<br />

error. <strong>The</strong> use <strong>of</strong> buses and a traffic<br />

<strong>of</strong>ficer are more active interventions,<br />

which require constant human activity<br />

and maintenance. It is unclear what is<br />

meant by the use <strong>of</strong> buses as there is a<br />

regular municipal bus service to Unisa.<br />

<strong>The</strong> other measures are simple trafficcontrolling<br />

devices which are effective<br />

only when there is high driver and pedestrian<br />

compliance.<br />

Only one participant reported an incident<br />

where personal safety was at risk.<br />

This occurred when the person observed<br />

an attempted theft <strong>of</strong> a motor vehicleontheafternoon<strong>of</strong>aTuesday<br />

during March 2000.<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 31


DISCUSSION<br />

Most <strong>of</strong> the participants in the study<br />

were in their twenties. Females and<br />

males were equally represented, and<br />

more than half <strong>of</strong> the participants use<br />

Northern Sotho as their home language.<br />

Most <strong>of</strong> the participants travelled by train<br />

and nearly all <strong>of</strong> them were full-time students.<br />

Most participants arrived at 9h00<br />

and left at 16h00 and visited Unisa five<br />

days a week. <strong>The</strong> reported problem<br />

areas were mainly the Elandspoort Road<br />

stretching between the station and the<br />

stairs leading to the<strong>The</strong>o van Wijk building,<br />

and the Preller Street crossing in<br />

front <strong>of</strong> the main entrance to the <strong>The</strong>o<br />

van Wijk building. <strong>The</strong>se are all on the<br />

shortest route from the station to Unisa.<br />

In general, 40% <strong>of</strong> the participants experienced<br />

problems crossing the roads.<br />

Only six participants reported witnessing<br />

a traffic accident involving a pedestrian.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se events occurred mostly<br />

during the first three months <strong>of</strong> the year<br />

and during morning and afternoon peak<br />

traffic hours.<br />

With the aid <strong>of</strong> a reduced Haddon matrix<br />

analysis (Haddon, 1980) the observations<br />

reported by the sample combined<br />

with field observations reveal the following<br />

contributing factors:<br />

1. Pre-events:<br />

. sharp bend in Elandspoort Road between<br />

station and stairs to the <strong>The</strong>o<br />

van Wijk building: When driving from<br />

<strong>South</strong> to North driver's visibility is reduced<br />

as they cannot see beyond<br />

the bend;<br />

. high speed <strong>of</strong> vehicles in general;<br />

. absence <strong>of</strong> safe pedestrian crossings;<br />

. pedestrians unwilling to cross at traffic<br />

light;<br />

. lack <strong>of</strong> traffic control, and<br />

. general disregard for the safety <strong>of</strong><br />

pedestrians.<br />

2. Events:<br />

. occur predominantly during peak<br />

traffic hours in the mornings and<br />

afternoons;<br />

. carelessness by pedestrians;<br />

. victims become impatient in heavy<br />

traffic and then cross the road;<br />

. the highest risk for injury and the<br />

most difficult crossing points are in<br />

Elandspoort Road;<br />

. one person had difficulty in crossing<br />

Preller Street in front <strong>of</strong> the main entrance<br />

to the<strong>The</strong>o van Wijk building.<br />

3. Post-event factors:<br />

. help was <strong>of</strong>fered in all events and victims<br />

were transported to medical<br />

care facilities;<br />

. no obvious preventive investigation<br />

and actions by stakeholders (including<br />

pedestrians, drivers, police, traffic<br />

authorities, academics, 1 etc.).<br />

Some <strong>of</strong> the interventions suggested by<br />

the participants are passive environmental<br />

and engineering measures, such<br />

as a pedestrian bridge which can dramatically<br />

reduce the cost <strong>of</strong> human error<br />

^ the so-called forgiving systems (Mohan,<br />

2001:244). Traffic calming devices<br />

are also passive environmental measures<br />

that reduce the speed <strong>of</strong> vehicles<br />

(when there is driver compliance) and<br />

therefore reduce the impact and severity<br />

<strong>of</strong> injuries. Other intervention measures<br />

require more active behaviour, for example,<br />

placing a traffic <strong>of</strong>ficial at a pedestrian<br />

crossing.<br />

Mohan (2001) argues that in the case <strong>of</strong><br />

motorists there is some form <strong>of</strong> control in<br />

the form <strong>of</strong> licensing, but in the case <strong>of</strong><br />

other road users, such as pedestrians<br />

32 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


and cyclists, there is almost no control or<br />

ability to identify and target users (other<br />

than by immediate contact <strong>of</strong> an actual<br />

user in the context <strong>of</strong> a specific time,<br />

date and place). This control may not be<br />

strong in <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> with its high number<br />

<strong>of</strong> fake drivers licences and poor enforcement<br />

figures (Gwatyu, 2001). Road<br />

users may also be using the road when<br />

not adequately equipped to do so, due<br />

to impaired cognitive, perceptual, motor,<br />

behavioural or psychological abilities.<br />

This impairment may be caused by subjective<br />

experiences (e.g. tragedy or psychological<br />

distress) or neurological<br />

impairment (disability, alcohol and substance<br />

abuse, etc.). <strong>The</strong>se individuals<br />

cannot always be identified and prevented<br />

from using the road.<br />

Mohan (2001) warns against preoccupation<br />

with a single cause <strong>of</strong> injury. An exclusive<br />

focus on drivers will not solve the<br />

problem as most injuries are the result <strong>of</strong><br />

anumber<strong>of</strong>eventstakingplacetogether.<br />

Sometimes a contributing factor<br />

is present because <strong>of</strong> a decision made<br />

long before the accident. Prevention (total<br />

alleviation <strong>of</strong> a problem) is one <strong>of</strong> the<br />

aims, together with planning and design<br />

to reduce the severity <strong>of</strong> injuries when<br />

they occur, and providing adequate<br />

post-accident treatment. It is important<br />

to involve the relevant communities and<br />

interest groups to come up with novel<br />

and cost-effective countermeasure<br />

methods and automatic forms <strong>of</strong> protection<br />

(Mohan, 2001).<br />

When one combines a socio-political<br />

decision-making mechanism that is<br />

highly centralised and does not accommodate<br />

the interests <strong>of</strong> the poorer sections<br />

<strong>of</strong> society, it is clear that the poor,<br />

and by implication the bulk <strong>of</strong> pedestrians<br />

and the users <strong>of</strong> the formal and informal<br />

public transport system, are<br />

unable to determine allocation <strong>of</strong> resources<br />

and implementation <strong>of</strong> solutions<br />

geared to their concerns. Although<br />

many young full-time students are potentially<br />

high earners, they are at a stage<br />

<strong>of</strong> their life where they have few economic<br />

resources and few have the support<br />

<strong>of</strong> a medical aid scheme.<br />

CONCLUSION<br />

This study provides rough indicators <strong>of</strong><br />

areas where pedestrians to and from<br />

the Unisa main campus have difficulty<br />

crossing the road and where they are<br />

injured. Most <strong>of</strong> the accidents occurred<br />

in the three months prior to the interviews.<br />

Six participants could recall witnessing<br />

accidents in the two years<br />

prior to the interviews. Some tentative<br />

solutions were also elicited. However,<br />

the sample size <strong>of</strong> this study was very<br />

small, and the questionnaire was limited<br />

and did not elicit copious information<br />

on the accidents and<br />

characteristics <strong>of</strong> victims. Owing to the<br />

exploratory nature <strong>of</strong> the study, no rates<br />

such as incidence and prevalence<br />

could be reliably calculated. It is also<br />

possible that there is some overlap in<br />

the observed number <strong>of</strong> accidents.<br />

More detailed data collection would be<br />

useful to establish the extent <strong>of</strong> the problem<br />

by mapping the injury events, determining<br />

the injury severity, treatment<br />

and ultimate outcome <strong>of</strong> the event. This<br />

would also provide baseline data against<br />

which intervention successes can be<br />

measured.<br />

Public health and safety promotion bring<br />

to their prevention challenges clearly<br />

defined values and interests. For instance,<br />

the World Health Organisation<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 33


(1997) notes that democratic values upholding<br />

individual autonomy and equity<br />

in relation to gender, culture and power<br />

should be promoted, while safety promotion's<br />

defining interest is to reduce<br />

the amount and severity <strong>of</strong> injury in the<br />

target population. A collective process<br />

<strong>of</strong> problem diagnosis and problem solving<br />

usually leads to various positive<br />

spin-<strong>of</strong>fs, such as more active stakeholder<br />

and citizen involvement in other<br />

contexts and greater empowerment <strong>of</strong><br />

the high risk groups.<br />

We have a societal responsibility to design<br />

our products and environment so<br />

that people find it easy and convenient<br />

tobehaveinasafemanner(Mohan,<br />

2001, p.244). Mohan argues that the<br />

`systems must be such that they are<br />

safe not only for normal people but also<br />

for those individuals who might belong<br />

to any groups.' In other words the systems<br />

should be designed to be forgiving<br />

systems, where the designs, rules<br />

and regulations reduce the likelihood<br />

<strong>of</strong> people hurting one another or themselves<br />

when they make mistakes. This<br />

study lays the groundwork for the establishment<br />

<strong>of</strong> forgiving systems for<br />

the safety <strong>of</strong> pedestrians who commute<br />

in and around the Unisa environment<br />

on a daily basis.<br />

Acknowledgement<br />

We should like to thank the pedestrian<br />

students who participated in this study.<br />

NOTE<br />

1 Since then a report on the situation has been commissioned by Unisa's top management.This<br />

led to a report published during February 2002 by Unisa Institute for Social and Health<br />

Sciences entitled: `UNISA at the Crossroads: A Pedestrian Safety Risk Assessment.'<br />

REFERENCES<br />

Annest, J. L. and Mallonee, S. 1995. Data needs for injury prevention. In Proceedings <strong>of</strong> the<br />

International Collaborative Effort on Injury Statistics, vol. 1. Hyattsville: U.S.<br />

Department <strong>of</strong> Health and Human Services.<br />

Arrive Alive. 1999. ARRIVE ALIVE ± A CLOSER LOOK. [On-line].<br />

Available: http://www.transport.gov.za/projects/arrive/closer.html.<br />

Assailly, J. P. (1997) Characterization and prevention <strong>of</strong> child pedestrian accidents: An<br />

overview. Journal <strong>of</strong> Applied Developmental Psychology 18(2), 257-262.<br />

Stiehler, A. 2002. Voetsoldate in 'n padoorlog. Beeld, Thursday 24 January 2002, 8.<br />

Butchart, A. & Kruger, J. 2001. Public health and community psychology: a case study in<br />

community-based injury prevention. In Seedat, M., Duncan, N. and Lazarus, S.<br />

Community Psychology: theory, method and practice. <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>n and other<br />

perspectives. Johannesburg: Oxford <strong>University</strong> Press, 215±241.<br />

CSIR (2000) CSIR Transportek assists Provincial Governments in curbing pedestrian fatality<br />

figures. [On-line]. Available: http://www.csir.co.za/transportek/review/Strategicresearch/trafman.htm.<br />

Flisher, A. J., Ziervogel, C. F., Chalton, D. O., Leger, P. H. and Robertson, B. A. (1993).<br />

Risk-taking behaviour <strong>of</strong> Cape Peninsula high-school students and related behaviour.<br />

<strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>n Medical Journal, 83, 486±490.<br />

Gwatyu, M. 2001. Meer as 1 miljoen vals rybewyse in SA. Beeld, Thursday 11 October 2001,<br />

11.<br />

34 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


Haddon, W. (1980). Advances in the epidemiology <strong>of</strong> injuries as a basis for public policy.<br />

Public Health Reports (95), 411±421.<br />

LaScala, E; Gerber, D and Gruenewald, P. J. 2000. Demographic and environmental<br />

correlates <strong>of</strong> pedestrian injury collisions: A spatial analysis. Accident Analysis and<br />

Prevention, 32(5), 651-658.<br />

Miles-Doan, R. 1996. Alcohol use among pedestrians and the odds <strong>of</strong> surviving an injury:<br />

evidence from Florida law enforcement data. Accident Analysis and Prevention, 28(1),<br />

23-31.<br />

Mohan, D. 2001. Dealing with injury control and safety promotion in complex environments. In<br />

Seedat, M., Duncan, N. and Lazarus, S. Community Psychology: <strong>The</strong>ory, Method and<br />

Practice. <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>n and other perspectives. Johannesburg: Oxford <strong>University</strong><br />

Press, 243±256.<br />

World Health Organisation. 1997. Health for all in the 21st century. Geneva: WHO.<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 35


article article article article article article article article article article article article article article article article a<br />

ABSTRAK<br />

Die verband tussen die `time out'-metode en<br />

woedebuie by die kleuter<br />

Zelda Cloete<br />

Die doel van die studie was om te bepaal <strong>of</strong> die `time out'-metode<br />

suksesvol toegepas kan word in die hantering van woedebuie<br />

(`temper tantrums') by kleuters. Twintig kleuters tussen die ouderdom<br />

van twee en vier jaar is ewekansig in twee groepe verdeel om<br />

tydens woedebuie met behulp van die `time out'-metode <strong>of</strong> met<br />

behulp van alternatiewe metodes hanteer te word. Ouers is as<br />

deelnemer-observeerders opgelei om oor 'n tydperk van drie<br />

maande die `time out'-metode toe te pas en om dagboekinskrywings<br />

te hou oor die suksesvolheid van die metode van woedebuihantering.<br />

Die sukses van die hantering van woedebuie is gemeet in terme<br />

van die tydsduur van die woedebui. Die studie toon dat die `time out'-<br />

benadering tot die hantering van woedebuie beduidend meer<br />

suksesvol is as alternatiewe metodes. Dit hou bepaalde implikasies<br />

in vir ouerleiding. Die huidige bevinding moet egter versigtig<br />

geoordeel word in die lig van die klein steekproef asook die feit dat<br />

die studie nie ontwerp was om 'n oorsaaklike verwantskap aan te dui<br />

nie. Verdere navorsing word voorgestel om 'n meer omvattende idee<br />

van die waarde van die `time out'-metode te verkry.<br />

Nota: Aangesien daar nie goeie Afrikaanse alternatiewe vir die konsep van<br />

`time out' gevind kan word nie, word die Engelse term gebruik.<br />

36 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA<br />

Woedebuie (`temper tantrums')<br />

word gesien as deel<br />

van die normale ontwikkeling<br />

van die kind. Die woedebuie<br />

gaan gepaard met 'n geskop en<br />

geskreeu terwyl die kind op die grond leª .<br />

Kopstampery, asook gebytery, gekrap en<br />

asem-ophouery kan voorkom. Die gedrag<br />

bereik gewoonlik 'n klimaks op ongeveer<br />

twee jaar. Kinders oefen so hulle wilskrag<br />

uit en woedebuie kom voor wanneer kinders<br />

nie hul sin kry nie <strong>of</strong> gefrustreerd<br />

raak.<br />

Meeste ouers word met hierdie soort ongewenste<br />

gedrag by hulle kleuters gekonfronteer.<br />

Dit is normaal en kom<br />

algemeen in die kleuterstadium voor (Barrow,1968).<br />

In baie gevalle weet ouers egter<br />

nie hoe om die woedebuie te hanteer<br />

nie omdat die kleuter moeilik hanteerbaar<br />

en beheerbaar is (Barrow,1968). Volgens<br />

Berk (1989) kan fisiese en verbale straf<br />

ongewenste gevolge vir die kind inhou.<br />

Daarom kan 'n benadering soos die `time<br />

out'-metode meer geskik wees om ongewenste<br />

gedrag soos woedebuie te dissiplineer.<br />

Die `time out'-metode beteken dat<br />

'n kind in isolasie, byvoorbeeld in 'n kamer<br />

gelaat word vir 'n sekere voorgeskrewe<br />

tyd om emosies onder beheer te kry en


af te koel. Dit gee die ouer ook kans om<br />

van frustrasie en ander negatiewe gevoelens<br />

ontslae te raak.<br />

Daar is praktiese riglyne vir die toepassing<br />

van die `time out'-metode soos byvoorbeeld<br />

dat mens nie 'n kamer met<br />

interessante voorwerpe daarin gebruik<br />

nie omdat die isolasietyd as straf moet<br />

dien (Gross,1989). Die plek van isolasie<br />

behoort egter veilig te wees en die kind<br />

nie emosionele skade te berokken nie.<br />

Die tyd waarvoor 'n kind in isolasie gehou<br />

behoort te word, word bereken as<br />

een minuut vir elke jaar van ouderdom<br />

(www.Cyberparent.com).<br />

Verskeie bronne (Berndt,1992 & Berk,<br />

1989) bespreek die voordele van die<br />

`time out'-metode as oplossing vir woedebuie,<br />

maar die probleem is dat<br />

empiriese bewyse ontbreek. Die vraag<br />

is dus <strong>of</strong> hierdie metode werklik suksesvol<br />

toegepas kan word in die hantering<br />

van woedebuie, soos wat algemeen verwag<br />

word. Empiriese bewyse is nodig<br />

om ouers in voorligting te oortuig dat<br />

die `time out'-metode meer suksesvol is<br />

as ander metodes waarin fisiese <strong>of</strong> verbale<br />

straf gebruik word wat negatiewe<br />

gevolge vir die kind kan inhou.<br />

In die huidige studie was die navorsingsvraag<br />

<strong>of</strong> die `time out'-metode positief<br />

korreleer met die suksesvolle<br />

hantering van woedebuie. Om dit te bepaal<br />

is besluit om die `time out'-metode<br />

met ander metodes te vergelyk. Die nulhipotese<br />

sou wees dat daar geen verskil<br />

is tussen die toepassing van die `time<br />

out'-metode en die toepassing van alternatiewe<br />

metodes nie, terwyl die alternatiewe<br />

hipotese sou lui dat die sukses van<br />

die hantering van woedebui verskil vir<br />

die `time out'-metode en alternatiewe<br />

metodes.<br />

PROSEDURE<br />

Ouers is tydens inligtingsessies genader<br />

om aan die projek deel te neem. Inligtingsessies<br />

by tien verskillende kleuterskole<br />

in Gauteng is vir die doel gebruik. By hierdie<br />

geleenthede was ouers uit verskeie<br />

sosio-politieke en kultureel-maatskaplike<br />

groepe teenwoordig. Ouers is tydens die<br />

inligtingsessies oor die projek ingelig en<br />

gevra om aan die studie deel te neem.<br />

Toestemming van die betrokke skoolho<strong>of</strong>de<br />

is verkry en 'n redelike aantal<br />

ouers het tot die projek toegestem.<br />

Uiteindelik is 'n steekproef van 20 kleuters<br />

tussen die ouderdom twee en vier<br />

jaar saamgestel. Die steekproef het 10<br />

seuntjies en 10 dogtertjies ingesluit. Die<br />

steekproef was divers ten opsigte van<br />

rasse groep, sosio-ekonomiese status,<br />

en familiestruktuur. Die 20 proefpersone<br />

is deur middel van ewekansige toesegging<br />

in twee groepe verdeel. Elke proefpersoon<br />

het 'n nommer ontvang en die<br />

nommers is in 'n hoed geplaas en getrek.<br />

Die eerste 10 proefpersone is aan<br />

die `time out'-groep toegewys en die<br />

oorblywende 10 aan die alternatiewe<br />

metodegroep. Enige metode anders as<br />

die `time out'-metode is as 'n alternatiewe<br />

metode beskou. Die alternatiewe<br />

benadering kon dus metodes soos verbale<br />

straf, aandagafleiding <strong>of</strong> ignorering<br />

tydens woedebuie insluit. Ouers kon self<br />

oor die metode besluit.<br />

Na afloop van die steekproefseleksie is<br />

die ouers van al 20 proefpersone in die<br />

`time out'-metode opgelei. 'n Opleidingsessie<br />

het sowat een uur geduur. Die<br />

ouers is ingelig oor die woedebuie en<br />

hoe om woedebuie van ander gedrag te<br />

onderskei, die korrekte toepassing van<br />

die `time out'-metode, die metode van<br />

waarneming en hoe om die inligting in 'n<br />

dagboekformaat aan te teken. Ouers<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 37


moes leer dat suksesvolle hantering van<br />

'n woedebui beteken dat die kind die<br />

woedebui binne 'n bepaalde tyd staak.<br />

Die ouers moes suksesvolle hantering<br />

met 'n 1 en onsuksesvolle hantering met<br />

'n 0 aandui. Dit was belangrik dat hulle<br />

sou onthou om die dag, datum, tyd en<br />

aard van die voorval aan te teken.<br />

Ouers is aan die einde van die opleidingsessie<br />

ondervra om te verseker dat hulle<br />

wel oor die nodige kennis beskik en die<br />

prosedures in hulle eie woorde kon beskryf.<br />

Dit was belangrik om die ouers van<br />

kinders wat nie volgens die `time out'-metode<br />

hanteer sou word nie, ook aangaande<br />

die `time out'-metode in te lig om te verseker<br />

dat hulle nie die metode as deel van 'n<br />

alternatiewe strategie sou toepas nie.<br />

Hierna het die ouers ^ oor 'n periode van<br />

drie maande as deelnemer ^ observeerders<br />

waarnemings gemaak en dagboekinskrywings<br />

gedoen oor die<br />

suksesvolheid van die metodes wat<br />

hulle toegepas het in hulle pogings om<br />

hulle kleuters se woedebuie te beheer.<br />

Die observerings was natuurlik nie passief<br />

nie. Die ouers moes ingryp en het<br />

derhalwe intervensies bewerkstellig en<br />

dan die gevolge van die betrokke intervensies<br />

waargeneem.<br />

Afgesien van die dagboekinskrywings is<br />

addisionele data deur middel van individuele<br />

onderhoude met die ouers ingesamel.<br />

Die onderhoudskedule het<br />

gestruktureerdesowelas ongestruktureerde<br />

vrae bevat.'n Aanvanklike loodsstudie<br />

is onderneem voordat enige<br />

onderhoude met die ouers gedoen is ten<br />

einde te verseker dat die onderhoudskedule<br />

bruikbare en gewenste data kon<br />

lewer. Die inligting wat deur die onderhoude<br />

bekom is, was belangrik om die<br />

aard van 'n kind se woedebuie vas te stel<br />

enomtebepaalhoeouersdie woedebuie<br />

hanteer het.Dit wasookmoontlikom'n indruk<br />

te vorm oor hoe akkuraat, eerlik en<br />

volledig ouers die intervensie en waarnemingstake<br />

hanteer het. Hierdie inligting<br />

was belangrik omdat die ouers so'n beduidende<br />

rol moes speel.Hierteenoor was<br />

dienavorserseffek(invloedvandiekarakter<br />

van die navorser op die respondent)<br />

betreklik gering. Enige invloed was sistematies<br />

omdat al die proefpersone deur<br />

dieselfde navorser gesien is.<br />

'n Beperking van die observasies kon<br />

wees dat objektiwiteit en neutraliteit verlore<br />

kon gaan omdat die ouers self die observasies<br />

gemaak het. Gestruktureerde<br />

vrae aangaande die toepassing van die<br />

`time out'-metode en hoe die observasies<br />

gemaak is kan 'n mate van objektiwiteit<br />

daarstel. 'n Voordeel van deelnemerobservasie<br />

is egter dat die subjekte in hulle<br />

natuurlike omgewing waargeneem word<br />

en nie daarvan bewus is nie (eksterne observeerdereffek<br />

is uitgeskakel).<br />

ETIESE OORWEGINGS<br />

Die projek was prakties uitvoerbaar omdat<br />

proefpersone vrylik beskikbaar was<br />

en bereid was om deel te neem aan die<br />

projek. Materiaal en fasiliteite vir die projek<br />

was ook beskikbaar. Die kleuters kon<br />

natuurlik nie self besluit <strong>of</strong> hulle sou wou<br />

deelneem nie, maar hulle wetlike<br />

voogde, naamlik die ouers, was voldoende<br />

ingelig om ingeligte besluite oor<br />

deelname te kon neem. Konfidensialiteit<br />

van inligting kon gewaarborg word en<br />

die ouers se reg op privaatheid is te alle<br />

tye erken. Proefpersone was bewus van<br />

die feit dat hulle te enige tyd van die projek<br />

kon onttrek Die bevindings en gevolgtrekkings<br />

van die studie is na afloop<br />

van die projek met die ouers bespreek.<br />

Op hierdie wyse kon die ouers dus voordeel<br />

trek uit hulle deelname.<br />

38 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


Proefpersone was nie fisies <strong>of</strong> geestelik<br />

benadeel deur die korrekte toepassing<br />

van die `time out'-metode nie. Ouers is<br />

vooraf opgelei oor die gebruik van die<br />

`time out'-metode en hulle moes 'n vorm<br />

teken waarin hulle onderneem om die<br />

metode volgens voorskrif toe te pas om<br />

te verseker dat die kleuter nie benadeel<br />

so kon word deur die gebruik van die<br />

`time out'-metode nie.Voorts het die navorser<br />

oor voldoende opleiding beskik in<br />

die hantering en gebruik van die metode.<br />

Die prosedure was onder toesig van 'n<br />

gekwalifiseerde sielkundige. Die gebruik<br />

van alternatiewe metodes vir die hantering<br />

van woedebuie is deur ouers self<br />

bepaal. Die verantwoordelikheid van die<br />

toepassing van sulke metodes het dus<br />

by die ouers berus. Maar ook hierdie<br />

ouers moes 'n vorm onderteken waarin<br />

hulle onderneem het om metodes te<br />

gebruik wat nie sou lei tot fisiese en/<strong>of</strong><br />

psigiese benadeling van die kleuter nie.<br />

DATA-ANALISE EN RESULTATE<br />

Die inligting verkry uit die dagboekinskrywings<br />

is soos volg verwerk: 'n<br />

waarde van1 is vir suksesvolle hantering<br />

toegeken versus 'n waarde van 0 vir onsuksesvolle<br />

hantering. Frekwensietellings<br />

is gebruik om 'n aanduiding te<br />

verkry van algehele sukses oor die drie<br />

maande-tydperk. Die metode was eenvoudig.<br />

Indien 'n ouer oor die tydperk<br />

van drie maande 'n metode meer keer<br />

suksesvol as onsuksesvol gevind het, is<br />

die waarde 1 toegeken vir die algemene<br />

suksesvolheid van die toepassing van<br />

die metode. Die inligting is deurgaans<br />

vergelyk met die inligting wat uit die individuele<br />

onderhoude bekom is as 'n betroubaarheidskontrole<br />

van die dagboekinligting.Verdagte<br />

voorvalle is weggelaat<br />

en nie vir verdere analise oorweeg nie.<br />

Dit het geblyk dat in geval van die `time<br />

out'-metode sewe ouers oorwegend suksesvol<br />

was in die hantering van hulle kleuters<br />

se woedebuie, terwyl drie ouers<br />

oorwegend onsuksesvol was. In teenstelling<br />

hiermee kon slegs twee ouers daarin<br />

slaag om hulle kleuters se woedebuie<br />

oorwegend suksesvol te hanteer met alternatiewe<br />

metodes. Agt ouers in die alternatiewe<br />

benadering groep was<br />

oorwegend onsuksesvol.'n Chi-kwadraat<br />

analise van hierdie inligting het aangetoon<br />

dat die twee benaderings (`time out'<br />

versus alternatief) beduidend verskil ten<br />

opsigte van die oorwegende suksesvolheid<br />

van die hantering van woedebuie.<br />

Die berekende Chi-kwadraat indeks van<br />

5, 2525 was beduidend op die 0,05 vlak.<br />

BESPREKING<br />

In hierdie studie was die `time out'-metode<br />

beduidend meer suksesvol in die<br />

hantering van woedebuie by kleuters as<br />

wat die geval is met alternatiewe benaderings.<br />

Maar mens moet in ag neem<br />

dat die studie nie sonder beperkings is<br />

nie. Byvoorbeeld, die navorser het nie<br />

beheer gehad oor die waarnemings nie<br />

en moes haar op die ouers se oordeel<br />

verlaat.Ouersissogoedasmoontlik<br />

gemotiveer deur aan te dui dat die projek<br />

baie belangrik was en dat hulle volledige<br />

inskrywings in die dagboeke moes<br />

maak. Al is die konfidensialiteit van die<br />

inligting beklemtoon was dit steeds nie<br />

moontlik om te verseker dat ouers algeheel<br />

eerlik is oor die frekwensie en aard<br />

van die kleuters se woedebuie nie en die<br />

wyse waarop woedebuie normaalweg<br />

hanteer sou word nie. Die feit dat ouers<br />

geweet het dat hulle tot die `time out'-<br />

metode <strong>of</strong> die alternatiewe metode<br />

groep behoort, kon ook 'n rol gespeel<br />

het. Ouers het geweet dat die navorser<br />

belangstel in die `time out'-metode en<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 39


dit kon daartoe gelei het dat hulle hierdie<br />

metode oor-evalueer en alternatiewe<br />

metodes onder-evalueer het.<br />

Verdere steuringsveranderlikes wat op<br />

die resultate kon inwerk en nie beheer<br />

kon word nie, is onder andere die persoonlikheid<br />

van die ouer en kind, en die<br />

ervaring van die ouer in observasie en<br />

die `time out'-metode. Maar dit was nie<br />

wenslik om hierdie tipe studie buite die<br />

natuurlike omgewing van die ouer en<br />

kind te doen nie. Die studie is nie werklik<br />

eksperimenteel van aard nie en kousaliteit<br />

kan nie uit die bevindings afgelei<br />

word nie. Mens sou dus nie kon beweer<br />

dat die `time out'-metode verantwoordelik<br />

is vir die verkorte duur van woedebuie<br />

nie. Dit sou natuurlik ook riskant wees<br />

om op grond van die beperkte getalle<br />

van die steekproef te veralgemeen, veral<br />

in die Suid-Afrikaanse konteks waar<br />

heterogeniteit van die algemene populasie<br />

groter steekproewe vereis.<br />

GEVOLGTREKKING<br />

Woedebuie by kleuters is 'n algemene<br />

verskynsel. Ouers sukkel egter soms<br />

om woedebuie te hanteer vanwee« die<br />

onbeheerbaarheid van die kleuter. Hanteringsmetodes<br />

mag soms fisiese en<br />

psigiese nadele vir die kleuter inhou. Die<br />

`time out'-metode is voorgestel as 'n metode<br />

wat die kind nie fisies en psigies benadeel<br />

nie, maar dit is nie duidelik <strong>of</strong> die<br />

metode wel doeltreffend is nie. Hierdie<br />

studie het aangedui dat die `time out'-<br />

metode wel 'n doeltreffende benadering<br />

tot die hantering van woedebuie by kleuters<br />

kan wees. Ouers sou tydens ouerleidingklinieke<br />

en inligtingsessie opgelei<br />

kon word om die `time out'-metode korrek<br />

en met oorleg toe te pas.<br />

Die resultaat moet egter versigtig beskouwordomdatdiesteekproefklein<br />

was en die studie nie ontwerp was om 'n<br />

kousale verband aan te dui nie. Verdere<br />

navorsing is nodig om hierdie resultaat<br />

te ondersteun.<br />

Verdere vrae wat deur toekomstige navorsers<br />

aangespreek kan word, is die<br />

volgende:<br />

. Kan die `time out'-metode toegepas<br />

word sonder verlies aan selfagting<br />

by die kind?<br />

. Leer die `time out'-metode ongewenste<br />

gedrag af?<br />

. Kan die `time out'-metode doeltreffend<br />

deur alle ouers en kinders toegepas<br />

word?<br />

. Die `time out'-metode is ho<strong>of</strong>saaklik<br />

beperk tot die huis. Watter alternatiewe<br />

metodes vir die hantering van<br />

woedebuie sou in situasies buite die<br />

huis (byvoorbeeld, in die motor <strong>of</strong><br />

supermark) gebruik kon word?<br />

VERWYSINGS<br />

Barrow, L. 1968. Tantrums, jealousy and the fears <strong>of</strong> children. Australia: Halstead.<br />

Berk, E. B. 1989. Child development. Mass: Allyn & Bacon.<br />

Breakwell, G. M., Hammond, S. and Fife-Shaw, C. 1995. Research methods in psychology.<br />

London: Sage.<br />

Gross, Jean. 1989. Psychology and parenthood. Philadelphia: Open <strong>University</strong> Press.<br />

http: //www.cyberparent.com/gran/timeoutinfo.htm: General `time out' information.s.<br />

http: //www.cyberparent.com/spoiled: Discipline with self-esteem.<br />

Rosnow, R. L. and Rosenthal, R. 1996. Beginning behavioral research. New Jersey: Prentice<br />

Hall.<br />

40 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


Differences in body image perceptions among<br />

adolescent males and females<br />

Caryn Potash<br />

ABSTRACT Body image is an important part <strong>of</strong> identity development, particularly<br />

in adolescence when accommodation to pubertal change is a key<br />

developmental task. This study examines the differences between<br />

adolescent male and female perceptions <strong>of</strong> body image. It tested the<br />

hypothesis that female adolescents would have poorer body image<br />

perception than that <strong>of</strong> their male counterparts. An availability sample<br />

<strong>of</strong> 20 adolescents (10 male, 10 female) between the ages <strong>of</strong> 14 and<br />

15 years, was used in which a body image questionnaire was<br />

administered. Differences in the mean scores <strong>of</strong> the two groups were<br />

analysed using a t-test. It was found that female adolescents do in<br />

fact have a poorer body image than males <strong>of</strong> this age. <strong>The</strong> findings,<br />

which are comparable with other findings on this subject, imply that<br />

there is a difference between male and female adolescents with<br />

regard to body image at this age. In general, female adolescents<br />

have a poorer body self-image than males. This is due in large part to<br />

current cultural standards for physical appearance combined with<br />

social, cultural and psychological pressures. Many females may feel<br />

less attractive and devalued if they think that their bodies fall short <strong>of</strong><br />

the socio-cultural ideals. <strong>The</strong> findings <strong>of</strong> this study help to lay the<br />

groundwork for research exploring intrapsychic and interpersonal<br />

consequences which include socio-cultural factors attached to body<br />

image dissatisfaction for adolescents.<br />

Body image may be understood<br />

as a multidimensional<br />

self-attitude toward one's<br />

body, particularly its appearance<br />

(Muth & Cash, 1997). Body image<br />

is associated with how people think, feel<br />

and behave with regard to their own physical<br />

attributes (Rosenblum & Lewis,<br />

1999). Across the life span, body image<br />

canbeseenasavitalaspect<strong>of</strong>selfworth<br />

and mental health.<br />

Many researchers have focused on the<br />

role <strong>of</strong> gender in terms <strong>of</strong> body image.<br />

Gender has been recognised as a salient<br />

factor in body image development.<br />

Throughout their life time, women are<br />

more discontent with their bodily appearance<br />

because they <strong>of</strong>ten view<br />

themselves as being overweight, even<br />

at average weight levels (Muth & Cash,<br />

1997). Body image has been found to be<br />

central to both clinical and subclinical<br />

eating disturbances which are especially<br />

prevalent among young women.<br />

Body image undergoes change during<br />

adolescence. <strong>The</strong> combination <strong>of</strong> the<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 41<br />

article article article article article article article article article article article article article article article article a


adolescents' changing physical appearance,<br />

their increasing cognitive abilities,<br />

and their capacity for introspection may<br />

render them particularly vulnerable to<br />

excessive and negative preoccupation<br />

with their own and others' perceptions<br />

<strong>of</strong> their bodies (Rosenblum & Lewis,<br />

1999).<br />

Body image lies at the heart <strong>of</strong> adolescence<br />

as it is an important part <strong>of</strong> identity<br />

development, particularly at the<br />

stage <strong>of</strong> adolescence when accommodation<br />

to pubertal change is a key developmental<br />

task (Ferron, 1997).<br />

Adolescents' search for identity and a<br />

gender role is the consequence <strong>of</strong> a dialectic<br />

between the well-known body <strong>of</strong><br />

childhood and the unknown, sexually<br />

mature body, brought about by puberty<br />

changes. From early childhood, young<br />

males express a preference for the mesomorph<br />

type <strong>of</strong> male figure.This implies<br />

a striving toward the tall, muscular and<br />

lean look. When males reach adolescence,<br />

they aspire toward this `look' and<br />

judge themselves negatively if their physical<br />

appearance falls short <strong>of</strong> this unrealistic<br />

ideal (Ferron,1997).<br />

Through the media, girls are subject to<br />

highly valued images <strong>of</strong> an extremely<br />

thin female body, and very <strong>of</strong>ten react<br />

negatively to the natural modifications<br />

<strong>of</strong> their figure due to puberty. Young<br />

malesexpressmoresatisfactionand<br />

pride in their changing body than young<br />

females (Ferron,1997). In order to have a<br />

positive adjustment to the morphological<br />

changes they undergo, boys evaluate<br />

themselves on factors such as body<br />

efficiency and physical ability. Girls assess<br />

the changes in their body based<br />

on whether they are becoming more or<br />

less physically attractive. Various researchers<br />

explain that girls are faced<br />

with several contradictory models <strong>of</strong> social<br />

acceptability: the athletic woman<br />

with firm muscles, the seductive woman<br />

with a slender figure and the motherly<br />

woman with s<strong>of</strong>t curves (Ferron,1997).<br />

Ferron (1997) makes the assertion ^<br />

basedonextensiveresearch^that<br />

adaptation to the bodily changes <strong>of</strong> puberty<br />

exerts a strong influence on adolescents'<br />

social adjustment, psychological<br />

well-being, and health behaviours. Many<br />

studies <strong>of</strong> body image in adolescence<br />

have analysed the extent to which boys<br />

and girls manage to adjust to the bodily<br />

transformations <strong>of</strong> puberty and to overcome<br />

the personal and relational difficulties,<br />

which may ensue from these<br />

changes.<br />

Cultural norms and expectations lead<br />

girls and women to be attentive to, and<br />

to invest psychologically in their physical<br />

appearances, which may undermine<br />

their well-being and contribute to their<br />

developing eating disorders and other<br />

psychological problems (Muth & Cash,<br />

1997). Pathological eating disorders<br />

have been identified as one <strong>of</strong> the most<br />

common and serious forms <strong>of</strong> adolescent<br />

illness in developed societies. One<br />

factor that appears to be common to<br />

the adolescents diagnosed as suffering<br />

from an eating pathology, is a high level<br />

<strong>of</strong> perceived body image dissatisfaction.<br />

Perceived body image dissatisfaction<br />

has been reported to be highly prevalent<br />

within non-eating disordered <strong>of</strong> populations<br />

<strong>of</strong> adolescents, particularly females<br />

(Kostanski & Gullone,1998).<br />

Cash and Brown (in Abell & Richards,<br />

1996) maintain that many researchers<br />

who have studied the relationship between<br />

satisfaction with body shape and<br />

self-esteem have looked only at females.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y explain that it is likely that the pre-<br />

42 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


valence <strong>of</strong> eating disorders among<br />

young women has motivated this type<br />

<strong>of</strong> research on female weight and body<br />

shape satisfaction. In general, researchers<br />

have found that women who express<br />

greater dissatisfaction with their weight<br />

and body shape tend to have lower selfesteem<br />

scores than women who have a<br />

healthier body image. A woman's feelings<br />

about her weight may be a particularly<br />

crucial aspect <strong>of</strong> her body image.<br />

Whereas most research has only looked<br />

at females, researchers have recently<br />

begun to explore the body image <strong>of</strong><br />

men. It seems that females, more so<br />

than males, are negatively preoccupied<br />

with their body shapes. However, the<br />

way in which a man's feelings about his<br />

body influences his general sense <strong>of</strong><br />

self-worth is unresolved (Abell & Richards,1996).<br />

Although women tend to<br />

equate their body image and self-worth<br />

more than men, and are, therefore, more<br />

likely to feel distressed about their body<br />

shape, the extent <strong>of</strong> male body dissatisfaction<br />

has been underestimated (Hayslip,<br />

Cooper, Dougherty & Cook,1997).<br />

As men are now experiencing body image<br />

concerns similar to females, there<br />

is an increasing need to include men in<br />

studies <strong>of</strong> this nature. Men are now<br />

adopting the same unrealistic standards<br />

that have been tormenting women for<br />

years, and are defining themselves more<br />

by their looks (Hayslip et al.,1997).<br />

A review <strong>of</strong> the relevant literature, indicates<br />

that there seem to be historical differences<br />

with regard to the way in which<br />

men and women perceive their bodies.<br />

In general, it seems as though women<br />

have poorer perceptions <strong>of</strong> their bodies<br />

than men. <strong>The</strong> purpose <strong>of</strong> this study<br />

was to look at gender differences in respect<br />

<strong>of</strong> body image in adolescence.<br />

This study looked at male and female<br />

adolescents so as to gauge any differences<br />

between the genders with regard<br />

to their body image perceptions.<strong>The</strong> hypothesis,<br />

based on a preliminary examination<br />

<strong>of</strong> some <strong>of</strong> the relevant literature<br />

in developmental psychology and selfimage<br />

research aimed at adolescents,<br />

is that female adolescents are less satisfied<br />

with their physical appearance than<br />

males are <strong>of</strong> that age.<br />

AIM AND HYPOTHESIS<br />

This study aimed to examine the differences<br />

between gender and body image<br />

amongst adolescents. To measure body<br />

image, a self-report body image questionnaire<br />

was used. It consisted <strong>of</strong> nine<br />

questions which focused on issues <strong>of</strong><br />

health and body image perceptions. <strong>The</strong><br />

questionnaire was found on a body image<br />

site on the Internet. Examples can<br />

be viewed on the Internet, for example<br />

the Web pages <strong>of</strong> the Eating Disorder<br />

Referral and Information Center (2001)<br />

and Oppy (2001). <strong>The</strong> instrument was<br />

adapted for <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>n use. <strong>The</strong> psychometric<br />

properties are undetermined,<br />

and the reliability and validity <strong>of</strong> the<br />

questionnaire are therefore unknown.<br />

<strong>The</strong> adolescents were asked to respond<br />

`yes' or `no' to each <strong>of</strong> the questions. <strong>The</strong><br />

more `yes' responses, the poorer the<br />

body image <strong>of</strong> that person.<strong>The</strong> research<br />

hypothesis is that females adolescents<br />

will answer `yes' more frequently than<br />

the males will.<br />

SAMPLE<br />

This study made use <strong>of</strong> an availability<br />

sample that comprised 20 adolescent<br />

individuals (10 male,10 female) between<br />

the ages <strong>of</strong> 14 and 15 years. <strong>The</strong> group<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 43


was homogenous in race and socioeconomic<br />

status; all the respondents<br />

were white and came from a middle to<br />

upper class socio-economic status. <strong>The</strong><br />

respondents were not volunteers,<br />

although they consented to participating.<br />

PROCEDURE<br />

<strong>The</strong> students were approached for the<br />

study during one <strong>of</strong> their Guidance lessons.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y were all from the same<br />

Grade Nine class from a private high<br />

school in Cape Town. After being made<br />

aware <strong>of</strong> the procedure, they were<br />

handed the questionnaire. <strong>The</strong>y had ten<br />

minutes in which to complete it. After<br />

ten minutes the questionnaires were<br />

handed back to the researcher in order<br />

for the data to be tested.<br />

<strong>The</strong> means <strong>of</strong> the data obtained from the<br />

two groups (male and female) were<br />

compared using an independent sample<br />

t-test. <strong>The</strong> independent t-test was used<br />

to compare the average number <strong>of</strong> `yes'<br />

responses made by males and females.<br />

<strong>The</strong> information was analysed by using<br />

the independent t-test to test the hypothesis<br />

that the average number <strong>of</strong> `yes' responses<br />

would be the same among the<br />

female and the male adolescents.<br />

ANALYSIS<br />

Figures 1 and 2 show the dsitribution <strong>of</strong><br />

`yes' responses for the male and female<br />

groups. A `yes' response indicates a<br />

poorer body image reponse. Higher<br />

scores indicate a lower total body image<br />

score.<br />

<strong>The</strong> mean <strong>of</strong> `yes' responses for the<br />

male group (n = 10) was 1.6 with a standard<br />

deviation <strong>of</strong> 1.577 and the mean<br />

`yes' responses for the female group<br />

(n = 10) was 6.3 with a standard deviation<br />

<strong>of</strong> 2.71. <strong>The</strong> two groups are statistically<br />

significantly different at the 1%<br />

level in terms <strong>of</strong> their mean scores<br />

(t = ^5.54; df = 9; p50.001). <strong>The</strong> null<br />

hypothesis that the average numbers<br />

<strong>of</strong> the male's `yes' responses are the<br />

same as the female's has been rejected.<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />

Number <strong>of</strong> 3 1 4 2 3 0 0 3 0 0<br />

`yes' responses<br />

Males<br />

FIGURE 1: MALE `YES' RESPONSES TO THE BODY IMAGE QUESTIONNAIRE<br />

44 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />

Number<strong>of</strong> 3 1 4 2 3 0 0 3 0 0<br />

`yes' responses<br />

Females<br />

FIGURE 2: FEMALE `YES' RESPONSES TO THE BODY IMAGE QUESTIONNAIRE<br />

DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSION<br />

An analysis <strong>of</strong> the data shows clearly<br />

that female adolescents have a poorer<br />

body self-image than their male counterparts.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is a significant difference<br />

between the two groups. This study<br />

therefore corroborates the hypothesis<br />

that female adolescents express greater<br />

body dissatisfaction than male adolescents<br />

do.<strong>The</strong> null hypothesis which says<br />

that there is no difference between the<br />

two groups with regard to body image<br />

perceptions is therefore rejected.<br />

<strong>The</strong> results <strong>of</strong> the study, which found that<br />

young female adolescents have poorer<br />

body image perceptions than males <strong>of</strong><br />

the same age, is comparable to similar<br />

studies <strong>of</strong> this nature (Muth & Cash,<br />

1997).Compared with men, women have<br />

more negative body image evaluations,<br />

stronger investments in their looks and<br />

more frequent body image dysphoria.<br />

While this study focused on gender differences<br />

with regard to perceptions <strong>of</strong><br />

body image in adolescence, it seems<br />

that it can also be compared with studies<br />

that pertain to other age groups.<br />

For example, in their study, Kostanki and<br />

Gullone (1998) assert that gender difference<br />

with regard to body image was<br />

constant across the age range. Furthermore,<br />

they found that perceived body<br />

image dissatisfaction might well be established<br />

before the individual reaches<br />

adolescence.<br />

<strong>The</strong> findings <strong>of</strong> the current study, in<br />

which female adolescents express less<br />

body image satisfaction than males <strong>of</strong><br />

the same age, are comparable with the<br />

findings <strong>of</strong> previous studies <strong>of</strong> this nature.<br />

Adolescence is a pivotal time for individuals<br />

as they begin to gain a sense<br />

<strong>of</strong> their identities, which includes the development<br />

<strong>of</strong> body image conceptions.<br />

<strong>The</strong> loss <strong>of</strong> the prepubescent body and<br />

the increasing disparity between girls'<br />

real and ideal bodies cause girls dissatisfaction<br />

and distress (Rosenblum &<br />

Lewis, 1999). Rosenblum and Lewis<br />

(1999) assert that, in general, boys do<br />

not show an increase in dissatisfaction<br />

with their bodies, for, on the contrary,<br />

they experience increasing satisfaction<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 45


with certain body parts. <strong>The</strong>y also found<br />

that across the same period in adolescence,<br />

girls' body image worsens while<br />

boys' improves. <strong>The</strong>y make mention <strong>of</strong><br />

other studies that have indicated that<br />

adolescents begin to pay increased attention<br />

to their body shape at around 15<br />

years <strong>of</strong> age. In another study with adolescents<br />

Keel et al. (1997) found that girls<br />

reported more body dissatisfaction, depression<br />

and lower self-esteem, and endorsed<br />

more disordered eating items<br />

than boys. <strong>The</strong>se findings were supported<br />

by the data collected in the current<br />

study.<br />

<strong>The</strong> limitations <strong>of</strong> this study pertain to issues<br />

related to the sample as well as to<br />

data-gathering measures. Because the<br />

sample was small and non-random it is<br />

difficult to generalise the findings to the<br />

wider population. Since the sample was<br />

homogenous,thefindingscanonlybe related<br />

to groupsthat aresimilar tothe ones<br />

that were worked with.<strong>The</strong> sample in this<br />

study was restricted to Caucasian adolescents<br />

<strong>of</strong> the middle and upper class.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se findings can therefore not be generalised,<br />

because the standards for<br />

beauty and determinants <strong>of</strong> body image<br />

have been shown to differ across other<br />

cultural and ethnic groups. However, because<br />

all adolescents progress through<br />

the physical changes <strong>of</strong> puberty, it would<br />

be <strong>of</strong> interest for further research to examine<br />

the way in which adolescents from<br />

different socio-economic, cultural and<br />

ethnic groups respond to these changes.<br />

Another limitation <strong>of</strong> this study related to<br />

data-gathering procedures; the body image<br />

questionnaire. Because the questionnaire<br />

was adapted for <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>n<br />

use,its psychometric propertieswere undetermined<br />

and, for this reason, there<br />

were problems with reliability and validity.<br />

<strong>The</strong> study does therefore not intend to<br />

yield conclusive results to be generalised<br />

to the wider community or to other various<br />

populations.<br />

In conclusion, the findings confirm the<br />

reality that there are differences in body<br />

image perceptions between the sexes<br />

and that female adolescents have a<br />

poorer body self-image than that <strong>of</strong><br />

males <strong>of</strong> their age. Due in large part to<br />

media-induced cultural standards for<br />

physical appearance combined with social,<br />

cultural and psychological pressures<br />

that are central to adolescence,<br />

some females may feel less attractive<br />

and devalued if they feel that their<br />

bodies fall short <strong>of</strong> these sociocultural<br />

ideals. <strong>The</strong> findings <strong>of</strong> this study help to<br />

bring these issues to light, as well as laying<br />

the groundwork for research exploring<br />

intrapsychic and interpersonal<br />

consequences that include sociocultural<br />

factors attached to body image dissatisfaction<br />

for adolescents.<br />

REFERENCES<br />

Abell, S. and Richards, M. 1996. <strong>The</strong> relationship between body shape satisfaction and selfesteem:<br />

an investigation <strong>of</strong> gender and class differences. Journal <strong>of</strong> Youth and<br />

Adolescence, 25, 691±703.<br />

Eating Disorder Referral and Information Center. 2001. Body image questionnaire ± how do<br />

you measure up? [On-line]. Available: http://www.edreferral.com/body_image.htm.<br />

Ferron, C. 1997. Body image in adolescence: Cross-cultural research ± results <strong>of</strong> the<br />

preliminary phase <strong>of</strong> a quantitative survey. Adolescence, 32, 735±745.<br />

Hayslip, B; Cooper, C; Dougherty, L. and Cook, D. 1997. Body image in adulthood: a<br />

projective approach. Journal <strong>of</strong> Personality Assessment, 68, 628±649.<br />

46 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


Keel, P; Fulkerson, J. and Leon, G. 1997. Disordered eating precursors in pre- and early<br />

adolescent girls and boys. Journal <strong>of</strong> Youth and Adolescence, 26, 203±216.<br />

Kostanski, M. and Gullone, E. 1998. Adolescent body image dissatisfaction: relationships with<br />

self-esteem, anxiety, and depression controlling for body mass. Journal <strong>of</strong> Child<br />

Psychology and Psychiatry and Allied Disciplines, 39, 255±262.<br />

Muth, J. L. and Cash, T. F. 1997. Body-image attitudes: what difference does gender make?<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Applied Social Psychology, 27, 1438±1452.<br />

Oppy, A. 2001. Body Image ± Health vs Obsession. [On-line]. Available: http://www.med.-<br />

monash.edu.au/healthpromotion/pamphlets/BodyImage/male.htm.<br />

Rosenblum, G. and Lewis, M. 1999. <strong>The</strong> relations among body image, physical<br />

attractiveness, and body mass in adolescence. Journal <strong>of</strong> Child Development, 70(1),<br />

50±64.<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 47


<strong>of</strong> alkoholiste. Tans verwys problematiese<br />

Internetgebruik na ongeveer 5% tot<br />

10% van die ongeveer 304 miljoen netgebruikers<br />

wereldwyd (Nua Internet Surveys,<br />

2000). Soos tegnologie toeneem<br />

en al hoe meer beskikbaar raak vir die<br />

gemiddelde mens, word al hoe meer bearticle<br />

article article article article article article article article article article article article article article article a<br />

ABSTRAK<br />

Die verband tussen persoonlikheidsfaktore en<br />

wisselende vlakke van Internetgebruik<br />

Ilze Neethling<br />

Problematiese Internetgebruik word in psigologieliteratuur ook<br />

aangedui as `Internetverslawing'. Relevante studies is egter skaars<br />

en geen fasiliterende faktore is tot dusver geeÈ ien nie. In hierdie<br />

studie word gepoog om te bepaal <strong>of</strong> Internetgebruikers verskil ten<br />

opsigte van persoonlikheidstipe en dienooreenstemmende Internetbetrokkenheid,<br />

met die oog daarop om persoonlikheidstipe as<br />

fasiliterende faktor tot die ontwikkeling van problematiese Internetgebruik<br />

te identifiseer. Twintig Internetgebruikers is evalueer deur<br />

middel van twee gestandaardiseerde vraelyste om onderskeidelik<br />

vlak van Internetbetrokkenheid asook Persoonlikheidstipe te bepaal.<br />

'n Ex-post facto ontwerp is aangewend. Proefpersone is bekom deur<br />

middel van 'n advertensie op die Internet en vraelyste is versend en<br />

ontvang via e-pos. Die Pearson-r asook t-toets is gebruik om<br />

beduidenheid te bepaal. Geen beduidende verskil is tussen die twee<br />

persoonlikheidstipes gevind nie en die gevolgtrekking word gemaak<br />

dat daar geen linieà re verband tussen persoonlikheidstipe en vlak van<br />

Internetbetrokkenheid is nie. Metodologiese probleme behels 'n klein<br />

navorsingsgroep, nie-ewekansigheid, onbewese meetinstrument(e)<br />

en algemene leemtes ten aansien van selfrapportering. VanweeÈ<br />

hierdie leemtes is bevindinge inkonklusief en word aanbeveel dat<br />

toekomstige studies oor die verband tussen persoonlikheidstipe en<br />

Internetbetrokkenheid hierdie leemtes aanspreek voordat enige<br />

definitiewe gevolgtrekkings gemaak kan word. Die negatiewe<br />

gevolge wat Internetgebruik vir sommige individue inhou, regverdig<br />

steeds ondersoeke in hierdie verband. Hierdie studie beklemtoon die<br />

behoefte aan verdere navorsing oor die mens ± Internetinteraksie om<br />

sodoende die voordele van die Internet te maksimaliseer en die<br />

negatiewe impak daarvan te minimaliseer.<br />

Teen hierdie tyd het meeste<br />

mensehulweggevindnadie<br />

kuberruim. 'n Stygende aantal<br />

persone ondervind egter probleme<br />

om hul weg terug te vind en beveg<br />

'n `verslawing' net so ernstig as patologiese<br />

dobbelaars, dwelmverslaafdes<br />

48 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


trek by Internetgebruik. Daar word verwag<br />

dat syfers in Suid-Afrika ook sal<br />

toeneem met die meer vrylike en bekostigbare<br />

beskikbaarheid van rekenaars<br />

en lynfasiliteite, asook die stygende vlak<br />

van geletterdheid. Dit impliseer derhalwe<br />

dat problematiese Internetgebruik<br />

ook sal toeneem.<br />

`Internet' is 'n term wat verskillende tipes<br />

funksies aanlyn verteenwoordig. Met<br />

problematiese Internetgebruik word verwys<br />

na die onbeheerbare, tydrowende<br />

gebruik van Internetfasiliteite wat nie<br />

verband hou met beroeps- <strong>of</strong> akademiese<br />

aangeleenthede nie en wat<br />

resulteer in sosiale, <strong>of</strong> finansieÈle nagevolge.<br />

Emosionele ontrekkingsimptome<br />

kom voor wanneer die persoon nie<br />

aanlyn is nie asook pre-okkupasie met<br />

aanlyn-aktiwiteite (Shapira, Goldsmith,<br />

Keck, Khosla & McElroy, 2000).<br />

Soveel tyd word uiteindelik op die Net<br />

spandeer dat probleme ervaar word in<br />

huwelike, families en beroepsverband.<br />

Sogenaamde `verslaafdes' spandeer<br />

gewoonlik vier ure <strong>of</strong> meer per week op<br />

die Net in persoonlike hoedanigheid.Oor<br />

die algemeen ervaar die individu 'n emosionele<br />

verbintenis tot die aanlynvriende<br />

en aktiwiteite wat hy/sy binne die rekenaarskerm<br />

`skep', en hierdie sogenaamde<br />

verhoudings vervang later sy/haar<br />

reeds-bestaande verhoudings met<br />

vriende <strong>of</strong> familie (Clay, 2000). Hierdie<br />

virtuele gemeenskappe skep 'n ontsnappingsmeganisme<br />

van die realiteit. Naam,<br />

ouderdom, beroep, voorkoms en fisiese<br />

response tot ander persone <strong>of</strong> situasies<br />

kan verbloem word. Alternatiewe persoonlikhede<br />

word geskep <strong>of</strong> voorgehou.<br />

Internetgebruikers, veral diegene wat<br />

eensaamheid en onsekerheid in die<br />

werklike lewe ervaar, gryp na hierdie nuwe<br />

vryheid en gebruik die geleentheid<br />

om hul gevoelens, geheime, en begeertes<br />

te openbaar aan gesiglose vreemdelinge.<br />

Dit skep wel die illusie van<br />

intimiteit, maar wanneer realiteit intree<br />

en die beperkinge van hierdie gesiglose<br />

gemeenskappe en vriendskappe openbaar<br />

word, veral ten opsigte van die gebrek<br />

aan liefde en ondersteuning wat<br />

slegs van `werklike' mense bekom kan<br />

word, ervaar die Internetafhanklike<br />

werklike teleurstelling en pyn (Young,<br />

2000a).<br />

Wanneer 'n individu voldoen aan die algemene<br />

DSM-IV kriteria vir substansie<br />

afhanklikheidsversteuring ten aansien<br />

van pre-okkupasie, onttrekking, sosiale/<br />

beroeps/finansie« le gevolge vanweeÈ Internetbetrokkenheid,<br />

wordhy/sygediagnoseer<br />

en behandel vir problematiese<br />

Internetgebruik (Shapira et al.,<br />

2000). Greenfield (1999) steun ook sterk<br />

op die DSM-IV kriteria vir patologiese<br />

dobbel. Geen konsensus is egter tot op<br />

datum oor die vasgestelde kriteria vir<br />

die bepaling van problematiese Internetgebruik<br />

bereik nie en is die versteuring<br />

ooknognieindieDSM-IVopgeneem<br />

nie (Brown, 2000).<br />

Problematiese Internetgebruik kan as 'n<br />

nuwe vorm van afhanklikheidsversteuring<br />

beskou word, met soortgelyke negatiewe<br />

gevolge. Hierdie problematiese<br />

gebruik hou veral verskeie sosiale en<br />

kulturele implikasies in vir die gemeenskap<br />

wat deur hierdie individue bewoon<br />

word. Die geaffekteerde individu se bestaan<br />

sentreer rondom die gebruik van<br />

Internetfasiliteite. Sy/Haar effektiwiteit<br />

en produktiwiteit neem af op talle vlakke;<br />

interpersoonlike verhoudinge ondergaan<br />

drastiese negatiewe<br />

veranderinge; en kinders wat in hierdie<br />

verband grootword, ontwikkel min sosiale<br />

vaardighede.<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 49


Kommer oor die toenemende Internetgebruik<br />

en die negatiewe implikasies<br />

daaraan verbonde, het ontaard in 'n hewige<br />

debat onder sosiale navorsers.<br />

(Shapira et al., 2000). Voorstanders van<br />

hierdie tegnologie beweer dat die Net<br />

sosiale kontak mag bevorder, terwyl kritici<br />

beweer dat Internetbetrokkenheid<br />

op sigself lei tot groter isolasie onder<br />

die mens terwyl interpersoonlike verhoudinge<br />

vervang word. Dit mag uiteindelik<br />

uitmond in 'n radikale verandering<br />

van die wyse waarop sosiale interaksies<br />

plaasvind deurdat intieme, ondersteunende<br />

verhoudings in die werklike<br />

lewe vervang word met die meer oppervlakkige<br />

verhoudings aanlyn. Greenfield<br />

(2000) omskryf die Internet dan ook as<br />

`a socially connecting device that's socially<br />

isolating at the same time' (DeAngelis,<br />

2000:2). Ter ondersteuning van<br />

hierdie stelling toon navorsing uitgevoer<br />

deur die Stanford Instituut dat 25% van<br />

standaard Netverbruikers ervaar dat<br />

hulle baie minder tyd met familie en<br />

vriende spandeer (Nua Internet Surveys,<br />

2000).<br />

Navorsing toon verder dat hoe meer intens<br />

individue betrokke raak by Internetgebruik,<br />

hoe groter is die voorkoms van<br />

depressie, eensaamheid en sosiale onttrekking<br />

onder hierdie indiwidue (Clay,<br />

2000), wat noodwendig geestesgesondheid<br />

en lewenskwaliteit negatief beõÈ n-<br />

vloed. Hierdie aspekte plaas dit binne<br />

die belangstellingsveld van die sielkunde.<br />

Aangesien problematiese Internetgebruik<br />

klaarblyklik aan die toeneem is en<br />

soveel negatiewe gevolge vir sommige<br />

individue inhou, is dit belangrik om fasiliterende<br />

faktore daartoe te identifiseer.<br />

Baie min kennis is egter tot dusver beskikbaar<br />

ten aansien van die mens ^ Internet<br />

interaksie.Problematiese Internetgebruik<br />

is 'n betreklik jong verskynsel en<br />

studies is skaars. Ook word meestal<br />

slegs gefokus op die verband tussen kliniese<br />

versteurings en problematiese Internetgebruik<br />

(Shapira et al., 2000;<br />

Greenfield,1999).Of problematiese Internetgebruik<br />

nou 'n aparte kliniese versteuring,<br />

die simptoom van 'n reeds<br />

bestaande versteuring, en <strong>of</strong> beide is,<br />

die Internet het bygedra tot 'n vermoedelik<br />

nuwe vorm van `patologie' wat ondersoek<br />

behoort te word. Die gebruik van<br />

die Internet blyk, soortgelyk aan alkohol<br />

en ander toleransievormende substansies,'n<br />

addisionele gedragsvorm te wees<br />

wat 'n kompulsiewe patroon kan bevorder.<br />

Kennis is nodig om die probleem te<br />

belig, en fokuspunte vir kliniese ingryping<br />

moet ontwikkel word indien dit wel<br />

as kliniese probleem kwalifiseer.<br />

Geen studies wat pertinent fokus op die<br />

moontlike verband tussen psigologiese<br />

faktore soos persoonlikheidskenmerke<br />

en Internetgebruik kon gevind word nie.<br />

Alhoewel die verhouding tussen persoonlikheid<br />

en patologie onseker bly,<br />

speel dit 'n beduidende rol in die ontwikkeling<br />

en verloop van verskeie versteurings<br />

(Barlow & Durand,1995). Dit is dus<br />

'n moontlikheid dat persoonlikheidskenmerke<br />

ook 'n beduidende rol mag speel<br />

in die ontwikkeling en verloop van problematiese<br />

Internetgebruik.<br />

Bestaan daar derhalwe 'n verband tussen<br />

verskillende persoonlikheidstipes<br />

en die wisselende vlakke van Internetbetrokkenheid?<br />

Is 'n intravert <strong>of</strong> ekstravert,<br />

meer geneig tot hoe« r Internetgebruik,<br />

en die uiteindelike ontwikkeling<br />

van problematiese gebruik, <strong>of</strong> kom geen<br />

verskil voor nie? Kan persoonlikheidstipe<br />

as 'n fasiliterende faktor tot problematiese<br />

Internetgebruik beskou word?<br />

50 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


Hierdie vrae is relevant tot die fokus van<br />

hierdie studie, wat val op die bepaling <strong>of</strong><br />

'n ekstravert <strong>of</strong> intravert meer neig tot<br />

hoe« r vlakke van Internetgebruik, en dus<br />

meer kwesbaar is vir die ontwikkeling<br />

van problematiese Internetgebruik.<br />

KERNBEGRIPPE<br />

Persoonlikheid dui op die totaliteit van<br />

alle eienskappe soos kognisies, gewoontes,<br />

waardes, houdings, emosies,<br />

vooroordele en doelstellings wat die individu<br />

se gedrag in interaksie met die<br />

omgewing bepaal (Meyer,1992). Volgens<br />

Jung ontstaan verskillende persoonlikheidstipes<br />

vanuit die kombinering van<br />

houdings en funksies gesetel in die<br />

psige van die mens (Viljoen, 1997). Elkeen<br />

van die funksies van die psige manifesteer<br />

op 'n intraverte <strong>of</strong> ekstraverte<br />

wyse.<br />

Ekstraversie en intraversie dui dus op<br />

die verskillende orie« ntasies te make<br />

met die kanalisering van psigiese<br />

energie. Jung stel dit soos volg: `progression,<br />

as adaptation to the outer<br />

conditions could be regarded as extraversion;<br />

regression, as adaptation to<br />

the inner conditions, could be regarded<br />

as introversion' (Viljoen, 1997:122).<br />

Intraverte is dus merendeels na binne<br />

gerig, en met hulle eie emosies en belewenisse<br />

gepreokkupeer. Hulle kom<br />

gewoonlik baie afsydig en onsosiaal<br />

voor. Ekstraverte daarenteen, rig hul<br />

aandag op die eksterne omgewing,<br />

gebeurtenisse en persone sonder om<br />

baie aandag aan subjektiewe waarneming<br />

te skenk. Sulke individue openbaar<br />

'n lewendige belangstelling in<br />

sosiale aktiwiteite (Viljoen, 1997). Na<br />

gelang van die primeª re kanalisering<br />

van die individu se psigiese energie,<br />

kan hy/sy dus as primeª r innerlik <strong>of</strong> primeª<br />

ruiterlikgeorie« nteerd gekarakteriseer<br />

word.<br />

Aangesien intraverte minder sosiaal is<br />

as ekstraverte, minder vriende het en<br />

meer geneig is tot eensaamheid (Young,<br />

2000b) word verwag dat hulle groter betrokkenheid<br />

sal toon by Internetgebruik<br />

vanwee« die toeganklikheid, bekostigbaarheid<br />

en anonieme aard daarvan.<br />

Hulle behoort dus ook meer kwesbaar<br />

te wees vir problematiese gebruik. Navorsing<br />

uitgevoer deur McKenna en<br />

Bargh (publikasie hangend) toon dan<br />

ook dat die Internet 'n veilige wyse verskaf<br />

vir intravert en sosiaal eensame<br />

persone om verhoudings te vorm en onderhou<br />

(Clay, 2000). Hierdie navorsing<br />

impliseer dat daar wel 'n verband mag<br />

bestaan tussen persoonlikheidstipe en<br />

betrokkenheid by die Internet. Op grond<br />

hiervan word persoonlikheid vir die<br />

doeleindes van hierdie studie derhalwe<br />

breedweg verdeel in terme van slegs<br />

die ho<strong>of</strong>kategoriee« naamlik ekstraversie<br />

en intraversie.<br />

Wisselende grade van Internetbetrokkenheid,<br />

<strong>of</strong> wisselende vlakke van Internetbetrokkenheid,<br />

dui op die mate<br />

waartoe 'n individu minder <strong>of</strong> meer betrokke<br />

is as 'n ander by die gebruik van<br />

Internetfasiliteite buite beroeps- <strong>of</strong> studieverband.<br />

Dit sluit in aspekte soos<br />

subjektiewe kommer oor buitensporige<br />

gebruik, pre-okkupasie met Internet<br />

wanneer af-lyn, pogings om Internetgebruik<br />

weg te steek, verdedigende houdings<br />

ten aansien van Internetgebruik,<br />

onvermoe« om Internetgebruik te staak,<br />

gevoelens van buite beheer wees, die<br />

gebruik van die Internet om gemoedstemming<br />

te verander, <strong>of</strong> eenvoudig<br />

om te `ontsnap', tyd spandeer op die<br />

Net, en ook die mate waarin familie <strong>of</strong><br />

vriende kla dat die individu se gebruik<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 51


sy/haar beroep en/<strong>of</strong> persoonlike verhoudings<br />

negatief beõÈ nvloed. Vir die<br />

doeleindes van hierdie studie word individue<br />

van mekaar onderskei op grond<br />

van puntetellings behaal in die vraelys.<br />

Hoe« r tellings dui ooglopend op hoe« r<br />

betrokkenheid by Internetgebruik terwyl<br />

laer tellings dui op laer betrokkenheid.<br />

HIPOTESE<br />

H0: Daar is geen verband tussen persoonlikheidtipes<br />

en wisselende grade<br />

van Internetbetrokkenheid nie.<br />

H1: Daar is 'n verband tussen verskillende<br />

persoonlikheidstipes en die wisselende<br />

grade van Internetbetrokkenheid.<br />

(nie-rigtinggewend)<br />

Klassifikasiefaktor (X): Persoonlikheidstipe.<br />

Konstrukte: Ekstraversie en Intraversie.<br />

Veranderlike (Y): Internetbetrokkenheid.<br />

METODE<br />

Diestudieisontdekkendvanaard<br />

deurdat dit 'n relatief nuwe verskynsel<br />

ondersoek. Dit fokus spesifiek op 'n<br />

moontlike verband tussen die twee tipes<br />

persoonlikhede en hul betrokkenheid<br />

by Internetgebruik. Sodoende<br />

word persoonlikheidstipes ondersoek<br />

as 'n fasiliterende faktor tot problematiese<br />

Internetgebruik en derhalwe word<br />

'n vraelys wat ontwerp is om problematiese<br />

Internetgebruik te identifiseer,<br />

aangewend.<br />

Die ontwerp is nie-ewekansig en nieeksperimenteel<br />

(ex post facto). Die<br />

proefpersone het reeds aan 'n vaste vlak<br />

van 'n bepaalde onafhanklike veranderlike<br />

behoort voor die aanvang van die navorsingsprojek,<br />

naamlik hul<br />

betrokkenheid <strong>of</strong> gebruik van Internetfasiliteite<br />

(Fife-Schaw,1998c). Geen manipulasie<br />

<strong>of</strong> intervensies geskied nie. Die<br />

enigste kriterium vir deelname was betrokkenheid<br />

by Internetgebruik.<br />

'n Gerieflikheidsteekproef asook die<br />

sneeubalmetode is aangewend om<br />

proefpersone te bekom vir die studie.<br />

Hierdie steekproewe kan dus nie op<br />

ewekansigheid aanspraak maak nie.<br />

Dit impliseer nie dat goeie resultate<br />

nie verkry kan word nie, maar wel dat<br />

geen aanduiding van die betroubaarheid<br />

van die resultate wat verkry verskaf<br />

kan word nie omdat die trekking<br />

van die bepaalde steekproefelement<br />

onbekend is.Voordele van die metodes<br />

behels egter vinnige uitvoering, gerief<br />

en relatiewe lae onkostes (Fife-Schaw,<br />

1998d).<br />

SUBJEKTE<br />

Die teikenpopulasie het bestaan uit<br />

ho<strong>of</strong>saaklik 'n gerieflikheidsteekproef<br />

van 20 Unisa studente wat bekom is<br />

deur 'n advertensie vir vrywilligers op<br />

Students-on-Line (SOL) te plaas van die<br />

middel van Julie tot die middel van Augustus<br />

2000. Die tydsfaktor het dit ongelukkig<br />

nie toegelaat om verdere<br />

proefpersone op te spoor vir deelname<br />

nie. Aangesien `Internetbetrokkenheid'<br />

ondersoek word, is dit raadsaam geag<br />

om proefpersone op die Net op te spoor.<br />

'n Verdere oorweging by die keuse van<br />

hierdie data-insamelingsmetode was<br />

die geografiese isolasie van die navorser<br />

self, asook die lae onkostes verbonde<br />

aan die metode.<br />

52 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


Enige persoon kon deelneem aan die<br />

studie mits hy/sy toegang gehad het tot<br />

Internetfasiliteite en geredelik van hierdie<br />

fasiliteit gebruik maak.<br />

Vanuit die 35 respondente is 20 individue<br />

geselekteer vir die navorsingsgroep<br />

deur middel van 'n ewekansige<br />

steekproeftrekking met vervanging. Alle<br />

proefpersone was blank en studente<br />

te Unisa. Geen navrae/vraelyste is ontvang<br />

van enige ander etniese groepe<br />

nie, wat 'n indikasie mag wees van laer<br />

toegang tot Internetfasiliteite onder die<br />

ander etniese groepe in Suid-Afrika<br />

vanwee« die sosiale agterstand wat<br />

spruit uit die vorige bedeling. Navorsing<br />

ondersteun ook die mindere toegang<br />

van ander etniese groepe,<br />

bejaardes, asook diegene met laer opvoedingsvlakke<br />

tot die Net (Nua Internet<br />

Surveys, 2000).<br />

Geen van die proefpersone het aangedui<br />

dat 'n probleem met Internetgebruik<br />

ervaar word nie. Alhoewel die spesifieke<br />

tydsduur wat daagliks op die Net<br />

spandeer word vir persoonlike besoeke<br />

nie noodwendig 'n aanduiding is van<br />

problematiese Internetgebruik nie, verhoog<br />

die tydsduur wat op die Net spandeer<br />

word met toenemende problematiese<br />

Internetgebruik. Sommige individue<br />

ervaar problematiese Internetgebruik<br />

na slegs tien ure aanlyn, terwyl<br />

ander weer geen probleme ervaar na<br />

selfs veertig ure aanlyn nie (Young,<br />

2000c).<br />

Wanneer patroonmatigheid in hierdie<br />

studie wel in ag geneem word, toon<br />

slegs ses (30%) van die proefpersone<br />

aan dat hulle gereeld meer as een uur<br />

per dag aanlyn bly. Dit word inTabel 1 in<br />

meer besonderhede aangetoon.<br />

TABEL 1. FREKWENSIEDISTRIBUSIE VAN PROEFPERSONE WAT MEER AS EEN<br />

UUR PER DAG AANLYN BLY VIR PERSOONLIKE BESOEKE (N = 20)<br />

Nooit Selde Soms Gereeld Baie Altyd<br />

Gereeld<br />

3 3 8 2 3 1<br />

Nota: Waar hierdie indeling per geslag geskied, blyk dit verder as<strong>of</strong> vroue meer geneig<br />

is as mans om langer aanlyn te bly (Tabel 2).<br />

TABEL 2. FREKWENSIEDISTRIBUSIE VAN PROEFPERSONE WAT MEER AS EEN<br />

UUR PER DAG AANLYN BLY INGEDEELVOLGENS GESLAG (N = 20)<br />

Geslag Nooit Selde Soms Gereeld Baie Altyd<br />

Gereeld<br />

Manlik<br />

(N = 10) 2 2 3 1 2 0<br />

Vroulik<br />

(N = 10) 1 1 5 1 1 1<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 53


Wat geslag verder aanbetref was tien<br />

proefpersone vroulik en die ander tien<br />

manlik. Hierdie indeling is doelbewus<br />

toegepas om verstrengeling ten opsigte<br />

van geslag te beperk.<br />

Tenopsigtevandievroulikeproefpersone,<br />

was sewe in die ouderdomsgroep<br />

20/30 en drie tussen 30 en 40 jarige ouderdom.<br />

Vyf van die manlike proefpersone<br />

was tussen 20 en 30 jaar oud, vier<br />

tussen 30 en 40 jarige ouderdom, terwyl<br />

slegs een proefpersoon tussen 40 en 50<br />

jarige ouderdom sorteer het. In totaal<br />

was twaalf proefpersone tussen 20 en<br />

30 jaar, ses proefpersone tussen 30 en<br />

40 jaar en een proefpersoon ouer as 40<br />

(Tabel 3).<br />

TABEL 3. FREKWENSIEDISTRIBUSIE<br />

VAN OUDERDOM (N = 20)<br />

Ouderdom Manlik Vroulik<br />

20^30 5 7<br />

31^40 4 3<br />

41^50 1 0<br />

'n Redelike verskil kom voor in die proporsies<br />

van ouderdom in die proefgroep.<br />

In 'n studie met hierdie grootte steekproef<br />

is dit waarskynlik van beperkte<br />

waarde maar met 'n groter steekproef<br />

mag dit straks die aandag vestig op 'n<br />

faktor wat die tellings wat verkry is, kon<br />

beõÈ nvloed.<br />

TOETSMATERIAAL<br />

Gestandaardiseerde vraelyste in die<br />

vorm van ordinale metingskale is aangewend<br />

vir die bekom van die nodige inligting<br />

oor Internetbetrokkenheid.<br />

Na deeglike oorweging is besluit op die<br />

`Ekstraversie/Intraversie Inventaris' om<br />

die twee persoonlikheidstipes te meet<br />

soos opgestel deur Jarabek (1997). Die<br />

vraelys is bekom via die Internet. Sommige<br />

persoonlikheidskale, byvoorbeeld<br />

die Jung skaal, beslaan 400+ items en<br />

probleme is voorsien ter beantwoording<br />

per e-pos. Vanwee« die tydsaspek daaraan<br />

verbonde, was dit te betwyfel <strong>of</strong><br />

proefpersone bereid sou wees om so 'n<br />

lang vraelys te beantwoord. 'n Verdere<br />

oorweging by die keuse van die Jarabek-vraelys<br />

was die maklike toepassing<br />

daarvan sonder toesig van 'n pr<strong>of</strong>essionele<br />

sielkundige. Die Ekstraversie/Intraversie<br />

Inventaris behels slegs 27<br />

stellings met 'n verskeidenheid kategoriee«<br />

antwoorde waaruit die proefpersone<br />

kan kies.'n Maksimum van 100 punte<br />

kan behaal word. Tellings onder 40 dui<br />

op intraversie, terwyl tellings bo 60 dui<br />

op ekstraversie. Dit dui daarop dat tellings<br />

tussen 40 en 60 as `gemiddeld' beskou<br />

mag word. Daar moet egter onthou<br />

word dat metings wat persoonlikheid<br />

meet, aannames maak omtrent vlakke<br />

van ekstraversie en intraversie vanuit<br />

antwoorde geselekteer op items ten<br />

aansien van gedragspatrone, en nie persoonlikheidsvlakke<br />

direk meet nie (Fife-<br />

Schaw,1998a). Geringe verskille in puntetellings<br />

dui byvoorbeeld nie die mate<br />

aan waarin 'n persoon meer <strong>of</strong> minder<br />

intravert/ekstravert as 'n ander is nie, en<br />

daar kan slegs geseª word dat 'n individu<br />

meer <strong>of</strong> minder intravert/ekstravert as 'n<br />

ander is.'n Afsnypunt van 50 om tussen<br />

die twee tipes persoonlikhede te onderskei<br />

is dus arbitreª r.<br />

Hierdie vraelys is onderworpe aan kopiereg<br />

en daar is dienooreenkomstig op<br />

Internet as verbruiker geregistreer op die<br />

`Body and Mind Queendom.com' Webblad<br />

waar die vraelys bekom is. Antwoorde<br />

is direk op die Webblad<br />

ingevoer. Die program is so ontwerp dat<br />

tellings onmiddellik vanaf die Webblad<br />

54 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


verkry is. Ooreenkomstig psigometriese<br />

toetsingsresultate soos verskaf op die<br />

blad self, word ook geen probleme voorsien<br />

ten aansien van geldigheid en betroubaarheid<br />

van hierdie vraelys nie.<br />

Die `Test for Internet Addiction' is ook<br />

verkry op Internet by die `netaddiction'<br />

Webblad soos opgestel deur Dr Kimberley<br />

Young,'n leidende figuur in navorsing<br />

ten opsigte van problematiese Internetgebruik.<br />

Hierdie vraelys kan ook aangewend<br />

word om te bepaal presies hoe<br />

betrokke die subjek is by Internetgebruik.<br />

Dit bestaan uit 18 vrae en proefpersone<br />

kan antwoorde selekteer<br />

vanuit die volgende ses kategoriee«<br />

naamlik: `rarely; occasionally; frequently;<br />

<strong>of</strong>ten; always'; en `does not apply'.<br />

Puntetellings van onderskeidelik 0 tot 5<br />

word per antwoord toegeken en tot 'n<br />

persentasie omgeskakel. 'n Hoe« r telling<br />

dui ooglopend op hoe« r mate van Internetgebruik.<br />

Punte tussen 20 en 49 dui<br />

op standaardgebruik sonder enige negatiewe<br />

sosiale/ emosionele/beroepsgevolge;<br />

50 tot 79 dui op 'n matige<br />

versteuring (gebruik ietwat buite beheer<br />

met geringe negatiewe gevolge) terwyl<br />

punte tussen 80 en100 dui op 'n ernstige<br />

benadeling op alle vlakke vanwee« Internetgebruik.<br />

Vir die doeleindes van hierdie<br />

studie word wisselende vlakke van<br />

betrokkenheid bepaal na gelang van die<br />

individue se plek op die skaal.<br />

Hierdie vraelys is egter onderwerp aan'n<br />

verskeidenheid kritiek (DeAngelis, 2000)<br />

en is derhalwe vergelyk met ander soos<br />

aangewend deur Dr David N. Greenfield<br />

van <strong>The</strong> Center for Internet Studies; en<br />

studies wat tans uitgevoer word te Universiteit<br />

Quebec, Trois-Rivieres, onder<br />

leiding van Dr Andre Cloutier (1999). Die<br />

gevolgtrekking was dat die inhoud van al<br />

drie vraelyste breedweg ooreenstem en<br />

geldigheid op sigswaarde toon. Geen<br />

ander vraelyste in hierdie verband is<br />

tans beskikbaar nie.<br />

Dit is belangrik om daarop te let dat die<br />

vraelys ten aansien van problematiese<br />

Internetgebruik nie 'n pr<strong>of</strong>essionele<br />

diagnose konstitusioneer nie, maar<br />

slegs vir inligtings- en opvoedkundige<br />

doeleindes aangewend is.<br />

PROSEDURE<br />

Die navorser is deur die Unisa SOL<br />

Webmaster in kennis gestel van enige<br />

vrywilligers, waarna die vraelys per e-<br />

pos aan die vrywilligers versend is. Van<br />

die studentevrywilligers het ook medestudente<br />

in hul studiegroepe betrek om<br />

deel te neem aan die studie en die<br />

sneeubalmetode is dus ook aangewend.<br />

Responssydigheid is beperk deur<br />

opvolg e-posse te stuur en die proefpersone<br />

te herinner aan sluitingsdatums.<br />

Alle vrywilligers het wel die<br />

voltooide vraelyste terugbesorg. Alle<br />

vraelyste is vergesel van 'n dekbrief<br />

waarin die doeleindes van die studie<br />

uiteengesit word, asook waar etiese<br />

kwessies aangespreek word.<br />

Proefpersone is versoek om die twee<br />

vraelyste te voltooi om hul vlak van Internetbetrokkenheid<br />

te bepaal, asook hul<br />

onderskeie persoonlikheidstipes. Die<br />

Jarabek Ekstraversie en Intraversie Inventaris,<br />

en die Internetbetrokkeheidvraelys<br />

soos opgestel deur Kimberley<br />

Young, is vanaf die Internet getrek, oorgetik<br />

op Micros<strong>of</strong>t Excel en as aanhegsels<br />

aan die vrywilligers per e-pos<br />

versend, waarna die voltooide vraelys<br />

weer per e-pos aan die navorser terugbesorg<br />

is. Hierdie vraelyste is geredelik<br />

beskikbaar op Internet en die studie kan<br />

dus maklik repliseer word.<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 55


Data-analise is vergemaklik deurdat response<br />

ten opsigte van persoonlikheid<br />

direk op die spesifieke Webblad ingevoer<br />

kon word, vir onmiddellike resultate.<br />

Vir hierdie doeleindes is daar as verbruiker<br />

geregistreer op die Webblad, alhoewel<br />

dit nie 'n voorvereiste is om die<br />

vraelys te mag gebruik nie. Die Young<br />

vraelys self verskaf inligting hoe om response<br />

te analiseer en interpreteer en<br />

hierdie vraelyste is per hand ontleed.<br />

Response is op 'n databasis liasseer onder<br />

beskerming van sleutelkodes ter wille<br />

van anonimiteit. Na data-analise,<br />

tabulering en verslagskrywing, is proefpersone<br />

gedurende Oktober 2000 per<br />

e-pos van resultate verwittig.<br />

Statistiese prosedures en analise word<br />

apart bespreek.<br />

ETIESE KWESSIES<br />

Navorsing uitgevoer deur middel van rekenaartegnologie<br />

belig unieke etiese<br />

kwessies waaronder die verkryging van<br />

erkende, ingeligte toestemming vanaf<br />

die proefpersoon, asook `debriefing'. Tot<br />

op datum bestaan geen gestandaardiseerde<br />

metode vir die insameling en bevestiging<br />

van ingeligte toestemming<br />

aanlyn nie (Azar, 2000). In hierdie studie<br />

is die vraelyste vergesel van 'n dekbrief<br />

wat hierdie kwessie aanspreek. Proefpersone<br />

is ingelig dat voltooide vraelyste<br />

'n passiewe vorm van ingeligte<br />

toestemming verteenwoordig, aangesien<br />

geen proefpersoon geforseer word<br />

om 'n voltooide vraelys terug te besorg<br />

nie. Daar is voorts onderneem om alle<br />

proefpersone na afloop van die studie<br />

deur middel van e-pos te verwittig van<br />

die resultate.<br />

STATISTIESE PROSEDURES EN<br />

ANALISE<br />

Hipotesetoetsing gaan oor die verband<br />

tussen veranderlikes. Die beduidenheid<br />

van die helling van die reglynige grafiek<br />

wat hierdie verband weerspiee« l, word getoets.<br />

As daar 'n verband tussen twee veranderlikes<br />

is, beteken dit dat 'n persoon<br />

se relatiewe posisie op een veranderlike<br />

verband hou met sy relatiewe posisie op<br />

die ander veranderlike. As die veranderlikes<br />

nie verband hou nie, sal veranderinge<br />

op die een veranderlike nie ooreenstem<br />

met veranderinge op die ander nie. Die<br />

rigting en sterkte van verbande word dus<br />

aangedui. Aangesien geen kousale verbande<br />

dus ondersoek word nie en die veranderlikes<br />

hier as kontinue aangewend<br />

word, is besluit op die Pearson r korrelasiekoe«<br />

ffisie« nt as statistiese metode (Fife-<br />

Schaw,1998b).<br />

Die twee stelle response van die proefpersone<br />

is getabuleer vir ontleding en<br />

vergelyking. Alpha (beduidenheid) is gestel<br />

op 0.05.'n Beduidende resultaat impliseer<br />

dat die nulhipotese verwerp<br />

moet word en die alternatiewe hipotese<br />

aanvaar moet word. 'n Statistiese rekenaarprogram<br />

is aangewend hiervoor.<br />

RESULTATE<br />

Die resultate word inTabel 4 aangedui.<br />

TABEL 4. PEARSON KORRELASIE<br />

TUSSEN PERSOONLIK-<br />

HEIDSTIPE EN INTERNET-<br />

GEBRUIK<br />

Pearson-r: 0.324304<br />

P-waarde: 0.10<br />

56 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


Aangesien die p-waarde aansienlik hoe« r<br />

is as alpha (0.05) word die H0 hipotese<br />

dus aanvaar, naamlik dat geen verband<br />

tussen persoonlikheidstipe en Internetgebruik<br />

voorkom nie.<br />

In 'n alternatiewe analise is die puntetellings<br />

kategories ingedeel ooreenkomstig<br />

persoonlikheidstipe bloot om die<br />

data vanuit 'n ander invalshoek te benader.<br />

Intraversie: 540 (N = 3) Gemiddeld:<br />

40^60 (N = 14); Ekstraversie:<br />

460 (N = 3). Die gemiddelde puntetellings<br />

dienooreenkomstig verkry op die<br />

skaal vir Internetbetrokkenheid is vergelyk<br />

om patroonmatigheid te bepaal. Dit<br />

word in Figuur 1 aangetoon.<br />

Bevindinge dui op intraverte (Kategorie<br />

1) as die laagste verbruikers van Internet<br />

(16.34%) met ekstraverte (Kategorie 3)<br />

as die hoogste verbruikers (28.67%)<br />

Vanwee« die ongebalanseerde asook uiters<br />

klein aantal proefpersone per<br />

groep, is ter aanbeveling van die Sielkunde<br />

Departement, Unisa, egter nie 'n<br />

FIGUUR 1. VERSKILLE TUSSEN DRIE<br />

PERSOONLIHEIDSKATE-<br />

GORIEE«<br />

Verskille tussen gemiddeldes<br />

FIGUUR 2. OOREENSTEMMENDE<br />

TELLINGS BY VYF<br />

PROEFPERSONE<br />

grafiese voorstelling van<br />

ooreenstemmende tellings<br />

55 54 53<br />

26 26 26<br />

46 46<br />

14 14<br />

X Internettellings<br />

Y Persoonlike<br />

tellings<br />

F-toets toegepas om beduidenheid vas<br />

te stel nie.<br />

Ooreenstemmende puntetellings gevind<br />

ten opsigte van Internetbetrokkenheid<br />

onder sommige proefpersone met korresponderende<br />

tellings ten opsigte van<br />

persoonlikheidstipe, is ook interessant.<br />

By vyf proefpersone is 'n betreklik oortuigende<br />

patroon opgemerk. Dit word in<br />

Figuur 2 aangedui.<br />

Op die oog af lyk dit as<strong>of</strong> individue wat<br />

ooreenstemmende persoonlikheidseienskappe<br />

toon wel mag neig tot dieselfde<br />

graad van Internetbetrokkenheid,<br />

alhoewel hierdie verband nie bevestig<br />

kon word nie.<br />

1 2 3<br />

Y 38,33 51,43 70,67<br />

X 16,33 25,14 28,67<br />

Y<br />

X<br />

BESPREKING EN<br />

GEVOLGTREKKINGS<br />

In hierdie studie is gepoog om te bepaal<br />

<strong>of</strong> Internetgebruikers verskil ten opsigte<br />

van persoonlikheidstipe en dienooreenstemmende<br />

Internetbetrokkenheid, met<br />

die oog daarop om persoonlikheidstipe<br />

as fasiliterende faktor tot die ontwikkeling<br />

van problematiese Internetgebruik<br />

te identifiseer.<br />

Dit was verwag dat daar 'n verskil tussen<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 57


die verskillende persoonlikheidstipes<br />

sou voorkom ten opsigte van Internetbetrokkenheid.<br />

Dit was verder verwag dat<br />

intraverte groter betrokkenheid by Internetgebruik<br />

sou toon as ekstraverte<br />

(Young, 2000c), alhoewel die hipotese<br />

uitsluitlik fokus op die moontlikheid van<br />

'n korrelasionele verband.<br />

Geen linieª re verband tussen persoonlikheidstipe<br />

en mate van Internetbetrokkenheid<br />

is egter gevind nie met die<br />

gevolg dat die H1 hipotese verwerp is.<br />

Geen van die proefpersone betrokke<br />

het ook voldoen aan die kriteria vir problematiese<br />

Internetgebruik nie met die<br />

gevolg dat slegs gefokus is op patroonmatigheid<br />

van resultate wel verkry. Ten<br />

spyte van gebrek aan toegang tot individue<br />

wat problematiese Internetgebruik<br />

ervaar asook verdere metodologiese<br />

probleme, is besluit om die studie te voltooi<br />

ter wille van die leerervaring asook<br />

vir kursusdoeleindes.<br />

Dit is interessant dat indeling ooreenkomstig<br />

persoonlikheid daarop dui dat<br />

ekstraverte hoe« r verbruikers van die Internet<br />

mag wees as intraverte. Studies<br />

wat hipotetiseer dat intraversie, eensaamheid,<br />

en isolasie verband hou met<br />

hoe« r Internetbetrokkenheid (Young,<br />

2000c) verloor uit die oog dat die Internet<br />

unieke interaksionele aktiwiteite behels,<br />

in vergelyking met televisie<br />

byvoorbeeld, wat straks die aantrekkingskrag<br />

vir ekstraverte mag inhou<br />

(Shapira et al., 2000). Dit is juis die interaksionele<br />

aard van die Internet wat die<br />

laer betrokkenheid van intraverte mag<br />

verklaar en die vermoedelike hoe« rbetrokkenheid<br />

van ekstraverte.<br />

Hierdie studie spreek ook nie die tipe<br />

Netfasiliteite aan wat deur die verbruiker<br />

benut word nie. Navorsing soos uitgevoer<br />

deur Young (2000a) toon dat intraverte<br />

geredelik betrokke raak by e-pos<br />

fasiliteite en geselskamers waar verhoudings<br />

gevorm kan word, terwyl ekstraverte<br />

meer neig tot besoeke aan<br />

byvoorbeeld pornografiese Webblaaie<br />

(DeAngelis, 2000). Die tipe Netfasiliteit<br />

moet derhalwe as verstrengelingsfaktor<br />

beskou word wat die resultate van hierdie<br />

studie kon beõÈ nvloed. Geslag speel<br />

'n verdere rol ten aansien van keuse van<br />

Internetfasiliteit. Alhoewel vroue ewe<br />

kwesbaar is as mans vir die ontwikkeling<br />

van problematiese Internetgebruik, verskil<br />

hulle drasties ten opsigte van die tipe<br />

fasiliteit wat gebruik word (Greenfield,<br />

1999). Navorsing toon dat vroue verkies<br />

om te flankeer <strong>of</strong> om in kuberseks betrokke<br />

te raak in seksueel georie« nteerde<br />

geselskamers terwyl mans hul ho<strong>of</strong>saaklik<br />

tot pornografiese Webtuistes<br />

wend, soortgelyk aan ekstraverte (De<br />

Angelis, 2000). E-pos fasiliteite blyk<br />

weer om 'n aantrekkingskrag vir beide<br />

geslagte te wees.Vier-en-tagtig persent<br />

van geregistreerde verbruikers gebruik<br />

hierdie fasiliteit op 'n daaglikse basis<br />

(Nua Internet Surveys, 2000). Die interaksie<br />

tussen geslag, tipe Internetfasiliteit,<br />

persoonlikheid, en Internetbetrokkenheid<br />

is dus buite rekening gelaat in<br />

hierdie studie, alhoewel gepoog is om<br />

geslag te beheer deur 'n gelyke aantal<br />

mans en vroue toe te wys aan die studiegroep.<br />

Internetbetrokkenheid bestaan derhalwe<br />

binne 'n konteks van ambivalente en<br />

teenstrydige gebruiksvorme soos bogenoemde<br />

opsomming illustreer. Hierdie<br />

studie beklemtoon dus die nodigheid<br />

om aandag te skenk aan die multidimensionele<br />

fasette van Internetgebruik.<br />

Deurdat op die Net en op Internetverbruikers<br />

gefokus word, is verder nagelaat<br />

om aandag te skenk aan die fisiese<br />

58 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


geografie van die subjekte. Geen ander<br />

studies is egter gevind wat melding<br />

maak van geografiese indeling <strong>of</strong> invloed<br />

op Internetbetrokkenheid nie. Redes<br />

hiervoor mag wees die anonimiteit<br />

wat die Net aan individue bied. Hierdie<br />

tegnologie verskaf aan die individu sosiale<br />

kontakmetodes wat geografie verbysteek<br />

en dus 'n `gemeenskaplike<br />

geografie' skep deur middel van e-pos<br />

adresse <strong>of</strong> Webtuistes: naamlik die Net<br />

self.<br />

Alhoewel interessante resultate dus verkry<br />

is, was die navorsingsgroep baie<br />

klein (N = 20) wat wel die vlak van beduidenheid<br />

kon beõÈ nvloed het. Die ideale<br />

situasie sou wees om die studie te herhaal,<br />

hierdie keer met 'n groter navorsingsgroep.<br />

Indien die hipotese bevestig<br />

kon word, sou hierdie studie daartoe kon<br />

bydra om bestaande studies wat aandui<br />

dat persoonlikheid 'n rol mag speel in Internetbetrokkenheid,<br />

te ondersteun; om<br />

persoonlikheid (intraversie <strong>of</strong> ekstraversie)<br />

as moontlike fasiliterende faktor te<br />

identifiseer vir die ontwikkeling van problematiese<br />

Internetgebruik; asook om<br />

verdere navorsing te stimuleer. 'n Vraag<br />

wat hieruit gegeneer sou kon word is <strong>of</strong><br />

die moontlike verband tussen persoonlikheid<br />

en Internetbetrokkenheid slegs<br />

voorkom onder algemene Internetgebruikers,<br />

en <strong>of</strong> die patroon ook voorkom<br />

onder individue wat problematiese Internetbetrokkenheid<br />

ervaar.<br />

Die kwessie van etiek is reeds bespreek,<br />

maar verdere aspekte moet wel aangeraak<br />

word vanwee« die betreklik nuwe<br />

metode van data-insameling. Die beskerming<br />

van die navorser se intellektuele<br />

eiendom lewer 'n omstrede etiese<br />

en morele probleem vir diegene wat<br />

Net-gebaseerde navorsing uitvoer. Navorsers<br />

wat hierdie metode van data-insameling<br />

navolg, stel hul metodes en<br />

protokol bloot aan kollegas lank voor<br />

die finale produk gepubliseer kan word.<br />

Alhoewel nabootsers nie toegang kan<br />

verkrytotdataopsigselfnie,isdie<br />

moontlikheid van plagiaat ten opsigte<br />

van idees nie uitgesluit nie en moet navorsers<br />

hierdie risiko wel deeglik in ag<br />

neem (Azar, 2000). Die risiko om beheer<br />

te verloor oor idees kan dus nie uitgesluit<br />

word met hierdie metode van datainsameling<br />

nie, maar die Net fasiliteer<br />

wel wetenskap op sy hoogtepunt naamlik<br />

die deursigtigheid van die navorsingsproses.<br />

Navorsers stel hulself verder ook bloot<br />

aan die moontlikheid om rekenaarvirusse<br />

op te tel wat doelbewus deur sogenaamde<br />

vrywilligers aangestuur word.<br />

Ter slotsom moet die bevindinge van<br />

hierdie studie met omsigtigheid hanteer<br />

word en nie sonder meer aanvaar word<br />

nie, aangesien die studie met verskeie<br />

metodologiese probleme gekonfronteer<br />

was. Dit sluit in die grootte van die studiegroep<br />

en algemene beperkinge van<br />

selfrapporteringstudies. Die geldigheid<br />

van Young se Internetbetrokkenheidvraelys<br />

kan ook in twyfel getrek word<br />

aangesien dit nie 'n gestandaardiseerde<br />

psigologiese meetinstrument is nie en<br />

dienooreenkomstig die resultate van<br />

hierdie studie kon beõÈ nvloed het.<br />

Proefpersone was verder oorwegend<br />

vrywilligers en die studie is dus onderworpe<br />

aan vrywilligersydigheid. Sommige<br />

persoonlikheidstipes mag ook meer<br />

genee« wees om deel te neem aan navorsingstudies<br />

wat via die Internet uitgevoer<br />

word. Die gewillige deelname van die<br />

proefpersone kan dan ook as aanduiding<br />

beskou word van hierdie individue se geredelike<br />

betrokkenheid tot Netaktiwiteite.<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 59


Geen steekproefraam, steekproeffout,<br />

betroubaarheidsinterval <strong>of</strong> parameter<br />

was voorts beskikbaar nie. Aangesien 'n<br />

ex post facto ontwerp gebruik is, is dit<br />

ook onmoontlik om tydsvoorrang te bepaal.<br />

Dit is derhalwe moontlik dat Internetbetrokkenheid<br />

'n invloed mag heª op<br />

persoonlikheidstipe, en vice versa.'n<br />

Verdere ideaal sou wees om 'n opvolgstudie<br />

op hierdie groepie proefpersone<br />

uit te voer om te bepaal <strong>of</strong> enige fluktuering<br />

van Internetgebruik voorgekom het<br />

oor 'n tydsverloop, moontlike redes<br />

daarvoor, asook <strong>of</strong> enige veranderinge<br />

in persoonlikheid plaasgevind het.<br />

Aangesien geen studies opgespoor kon<br />

word wat uitsluitlik fokus op die verband<br />

tussen persoonlikheidstipe en Internetbetrokkenheid<br />

nie, is dit ook nie moontlik<br />

om hierdie studie te vergelyk met andere<br />

nie en moet dit oorwegend as 'n loodsstudie<br />

beskou word. Bevindinge kan dus<br />

nie veralgemeen word nie maar is ho<strong>of</strong>saaklik<br />

slegs van toepassing op die<br />

steekproefpopulasie.'n Meer komplekse<br />

navorsingsontwerp wat hierdie leemtes<br />

aanspreek en veral ook verstrengeling<br />

beheer, soos ouderdom, tipe Internetfasiliteit<br />

wat besoek word, geslag, <strong>of</strong> reeds<br />

bestaande patologie, sal waardevol<br />

wees om die verhouding tussen die veranderlikes<br />

verder te ondersoek.<br />

Joseph Walther en Larry Reid van die<br />

Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute in die<br />

Verenigde State van America (VSA) stel<br />

voor dat toekomstige navorsing ten aansien<br />

van Internetbetrokkenheid die volgende<br />

insluit (DeAngelis, 2000):<br />

1. 'n Empiriese benadering tot problematiese<br />

Internetgebruik asook `gesonde'<br />

Internetgebruik.<br />

2. Meer teorie en navorsing waarom<br />

die Internet so aanloklik is vir sekere<br />

individue, in vergelyking met ander<br />

tegnologie.<br />

3. Meer studies waar tydsvoorrang bepaal<br />

kan word ten opsigte van wat<br />

eerste kom: problematiese Internetgebruik<br />

<strong>of</strong> reeds-bestaande versteurings<br />

<strong>of</strong> sosiale probleme.<br />

4. Ondersoeke om te bepaal <strong>of</strong> individue<br />

se betrokkenheid by die Net oor<br />

tyd fluktueer, en waarom.<br />

As gevolg van die omvang van Internetgebruik<br />

en die negatiewe gevolge wat Internetgebruik<br />

vir sommige individue inhou,<br />

bly dit steeds 'n verskynsel wat navorsing<br />

regverdig in hierdie verband (Shapira et<br />

al., 2000;Young, 2000b). Alle veranderlikes<br />

wat straks kan bydra tot die ontwikkeling<br />

van hierdie problematiese Internetgebruik<br />

behoort ondersoek te word.<br />

Die Internet verteenwoordig 'n beduidende<br />

verskuiwing van vorige kommunikasievorme<br />

vanwee« sy universele<br />

toepaslikheid op talle areas van die lewe.<br />

Dit is beide tegnies asook persoonlik van<br />

aard. Internetgebruik neem dan ook<br />

daagliks toe vanwee« die meer bekostigbare<br />

en vryliker beskikbaarheid van rekenaars.<br />

Internet het toepassing op bykans<br />

alle areas van besigheid, ekonomie,<br />

asook op persoonlike vlak, en daar word<br />

geglo dat dit baie aspekte van die weª reld<br />

se ekonomie en kommunikasie mag revolusioneer.<br />

Met reg kan dit dan ook `the<br />

spearhead <strong>of</strong> the digital industrial revolution'<br />

(Greenfield,1999:1) genoem word.<br />

Navorsing gerig op die mens ^ Internetaksie<br />

in hierdie studie is dan ook nie gemotiveer<br />

vanuit teenkanting tot die Internet<br />

nie, maar vanwee« 'n onvermoe« om te<br />

begryp hoe hierdie wonder-tegnologie<br />

so 'n groot positiewe bydrae kan lewer<br />

terwyl dit terselfdertyd 'n negatiewe impak<br />

op soveel lewens het.<br />

60 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


VERWYSINGS<br />

Azar, B. 2000. Online experiments: ethically fair or foul? Monitor on Psychology, 31(4) http://<br />

www.apa.org/monitor.num<br />

Barlow, D. H., and Durand, V. M. 1995. Abnormal psychology: An integrated approach.<br />

Pacific Grove: Brooks/Cole.<br />

Brown, J. 2000. 11 million Net addicts? Come on! Nua Internet surveys. Salon Technology.<br />

Available: http://www.Salon.com/tech/log/1999/08/24/addicts/mdex.num.<br />

Clay, R. A. 2000. Linking up online. Monitor on Psychology, 31(4). Available: http://<br />

www.apa.org/monitor.num<br />

Cloutier, A. 1999. Graduate Study on Internet-dependancy. Available: http://www. uqu.uquebec.ca/lampronj/mdex-en.num.<br />

DeAngelis, T. 2000. Is Internet addiction real? Monitor on Psychology, 31(4). http://<br />

www.www.apa.org/monitor/addiction/com.<br />

Fife-Schaw, C. 1998a. Levels <strong>of</strong> measurement. In Breakwell, G. M., Hammond, S., and Fife-<br />

Schaw, C. eds. Research methods in psychology (38±49). London: Sage.<br />

Fife-Schaw, C. 1998b. Bivariate statistical analysis. In Breakwell, G. M., Hammond, S., and<br />

Fife-Schaw, C. eds. Research methods in psychology (338±360). London: Sage.<br />

Fife-Schaw, C. 1998c. Quasi-experimental designs. In Breakwell, G. M., Hammond, S. and<br />

Fife-Schaw, C. eds. Research methods in psychology (85±99). London: Sage.<br />

Fife-Schaw, C. 1998d. Surveys and sampling issues. In Breakwell, G. M., Hammond, S. and<br />

Fife-Schaw, C. eds. Research methods in psychology (99±115). London: Sage.<br />

Greenfield, D. N. 1999. Psychological factors in compulsive Internet use. <strong>The</strong> Nature <strong>of</strong><br />

Internet Addiction. Available: http://www.virtual-addiction.com.<br />

Greenfield, D. N. 2000. How do I know if I have a problem with Internet use? <strong>The</strong> Center for<br />

Internet Studies. Available: http://www.virtual-addiction.com.<br />

Jarabek, L. 1997. Extraversion/Introversion inventory. Personality Tests. Body ± Mind<br />

Queendom. Available: http://www.queendom.com/extraver.html<br />

Meyer, W. F. 1992. Basiese konsepte van die ontwikkelingspsigologie. In Louw, D. A. ed.<br />

Menslike ontwikkeling (3±47). Pretoria: HAUM.<br />

Nua Internet Surveys 2000. How many online? Available: http://www.nua.com<br />

Shapira, N. A., Goldsmith, T. D., Keck (Jr) P. E., Khosla, U. M., and McElroy, S. 2000.<br />

Psychiatric features <strong>of</strong> individuals with problematic Internet use. Journal <strong>of</strong> Affective<br />

Disorders. Available: ttp://fc 1n05e.fda.edu/cgi-.<br />

Viljoen, H. G. 1997. Die analitiese teorie van Carl Jung. In Meyer, W. F., Moore, C. and<br />

Viljoen, H. G. eds. Personologie: van individu tot ekosisteem (105±139.). Sandton:<br />

Heineman.<br />

Young, K. S. 2000a. Center for On-line Addiction: What is Internet addiction? Available:<br />

http://netaddiction.com.<br />

± 2000b. Center for On-line Addiction: the Internet Addiction Test. Available:<br />

http://netaddiction.com<br />

± 2000c. Center for On-line Addiction: What makes the Internet addictive? Available:<br />

http://netaddiction.com<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 61


were before the injury. But you are not!<br />

How long will it take you to become<br />

aware <strong>of</strong> this? This may be the worstcase<br />

scenario for some brain-injured<br />

persons but even mild injury results in<br />

significant changes. Medical experts<br />

can estimate the severity <strong>of</strong> a brain injury,<br />

but they cannot tell you accurately<br />

what your life will be like. In a matter <strong>of</strong><br />

seconds ^ no matter how safe you think<br />

you might be ^ life, as you know it, can be<br />

radically changed forever.<br />

It has been estimated that the incidence<br />

<strong>of</strong> traumatic brain injury in <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong><br />

is approximately 316 <strong>of</strong> every 100 000<br />

people a year. (WHO,1995). Of all types<br />

<strong>of</strong> injury, traumatic brain injury is most<br />

likely to result in death or permanent disability.<br />

<strong>The</strong> most common cause <strong>of</strong> traumatic<br />

brain injury is motor vehicle<br />

accidents, which account for approxiarticle<br />

article article article article article article article article article article article article article article article a<br />

Experiences <strong>of</strong> traumatic brain injury<br />

Kate Grieve<br />

ABSTRACT For many people suffering from traumatic brain injury, life is lonely,<br />

confusing and terrifying. Severe brain injury can have devastating<br />

consequences and even mild brain injury can change one's life<br />

forever. Because each person has a unique brain, no two injuries are<br />

alike. In addition, the effects <strong>of</strong> brain injury are not always visible or<br />

diagnosed at the time <strong>of</strong> injury. <strong>The</strong>y may range from physical,<br />

emotional or social changes to experiencing all three simultaneously.<br />

Doctors may speculate about the effects <strong>of</strong> a severe head injury,<br />

based on the extent <strong>of</strong> trauma to the brain and the location <strong>of</strong> the<br />

damage, but they can seldom accurately predict what a person's<br />

quality <strong>of</strong> life will be like. This article provides a brief glimpse at the<br />

nature <strong>of</strong> traumatic brain injury, the subjective experiences <strong>of</strong> some<br />

brain-injured individuals and their families, and the effect that the<br />

injuries have had on their lives.<br />

Imagine waking up one day and not<br />

being able to talk or walk, and perhaps,<br />

being blind but no one knows<br />

it. You are imprisoned in your body,<br />

unable to communicate your thoughts<br />

and do not remember why you are here.<br />

What if you will never be able to remember<br />

what happened to you because the<br />

event that caused your injury was not registered<br />

in your brain and can never be<br />

retrieved? What if your long-term memory<br />

is gone forever? What if you suffer<br />

from short-term memory loss and cannot<br />

remember what day it is or what you<br />

had for breakfast? You may be able to<br />

understand what is going on around you<br />

but be unable to communicate due to<br />

the brain being unable to function. As a<br />

result, some people will mistake your<br />

brain injury for mental incapacity. Yet<br />

you feel like the same person inside you<br />

62 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


mately half <strong>of</strong> all brain injuries, both in<br />

<strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> and elsewhere (WHO,1995).<br />

Traumatic brain injury is more than just a<br />

head injury. It entails damage to and/or<br />

functional impairment <strong>of</strong>, the brain. Depending<br />

on the severity, brain injuries<br />

can result in mild, moderate or severe<br />

impairments in various areas <strong>of</strong> functioning.<br />

Severity is assessed, for example, by<br />

alterations in the person's level <strong>of</strong> consciousness,<br />

the length <strong>of</strong> post-traumatic<br />

amnesia as well as physiological and<br />

radiological evidence <strong>of</strong> brain injury.<br />

Although individuals differ considerably,<br />

there are certain patterns <strong>of</strong> cognitive,<br />

behavioural and emotional difficulties<br />

that commonly result from traumatic<br />

brain injury (Lezak,1995).Cognitive deficits<br />

include difficulties with attention and<br />

concentration, memory, language processes,<br />

reasoning, planning and problem<br />

solving. Regulation <strong>of</strong> behaviour<br />

and emotions may also be affected,<br />

seen for example in increased irritability,<br />

mood swings, aggression, anxiety and<br />

depression.<br />

Faced with the bewildering array <strong>of</strong><br />

changes resulting from traumatic brain<br />

injury, it is not surprising that patients<br />

feel unsure <strong>of</strong> themselves and the world<br />

about them. Sometimes the changes are<br />

so marked that family members experience<br />

them as different people altogether,<br />

when compared with the way<br />

they were before the injury. Although research<br />

findings provide a great deal <strong>of</strong><br />

information about the consequences <strong>of</strong><br />

traumatic brain injury, it is people's own<br />

descriptions <strong>of</strong> what has happened to<br />

them that really provide an idea <strong>of</strong> what<br />

it is like to have a brain injury.<strong>The</strong> followingwaswrittenbyayoungmanwho<br />

sustained a traumatic brain injury:<br />

In1991,I was the fastest sprinter in my<br />

high school. But in August <strong>of</strong> that<br />

same year, something happened that<br />

I'm constantly reminded <strong>of</strong> yet can't<br />

remember. I walked in front <strong>of</strong> a moving<br />

car and was hit. It caused a traumatic<br />

brain injury that put me in a<br />

wheelchair, took away my ability to<br />

speak, and robbed me <strong>of</strong> many memories,<br />

dreams and abilities. I sometimes<br />

have short-term memory loss,<br />

so I frequently forget stuff! My brain<br />

injury affected my emotions, including<br />

anger. I used to be pretty even<br />

tempered. I normally yelled once in a<br />

blue moon and that's it. I still am even<br />

tempered, but now if I happen to get<br />

upset, I hold everything in and tense<br />

up. I just can't find any way to express<br />

myself. My hands shake because <strong>of</strong><br />

spasticity. And sometimes I might<br />

drool which is really embarrassing.<br />

Many young people find it helpful to participate<br />

in chat room discussions on the<br />

Internet, to share their own experiences<br />

and learn from others. Here is another<br />

one:<br />

I used to have perfect 20/20 vision<br />

out <strong>of</strong> these blue eyes, but because<br />

<strong>of</strong> the damage to my left optic nerve,<br />

I can't scan lines <strong>of</strong> text. If you held up<br />

any word I could read it, no problem,<br />

but when reading lines, my eyes get<br />

tired out immediately and I forget<br />

what I've just read. I used to be a voracious<br />

reader, so this change has<br />

really messed me up! Now I have to<br />

take the lazy man's way out and have<br />

most things read to me! Although<br />

doing so is effective, I don't like it! My<br />

peripheral vision also isn't great,<br />

which is also why I sometimes bump<br />

into things and people. I can't talk but I<br />

have this augmentative communication<br />

device called the Liberator. Using<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 63


icons and letters, I can say just about<br />

anything. I also finger spell, and use a<br />

few signs like thanks, I'm sorry and I<br />

know. But although my fingers can<br />

do the walking, they're still really slow<br />

at talking. You don't know how frustrating<br />

it is to be a part <strong>of</strong> a conversation<br />

or discussion and want to say<br />

something, but just can't get it out fast<br />

enough so it's said at the right time. I<br />

have tried to use the chat rooms, but<br />

CAN'T keep up!<br />

<strong>The</strong>se are the major things about me<br />

that have been affected by my injury.<br />

But even though a lot has changed, I<br />

still love a funny joke, a good game <strong>of</strong><br />

cards, rock and roll, pretty girls, and<br />

just being with people!<br />

Life doesn't only change for the person<br />

who has the brain injury. Families are affected<br />

too. <strong>The</strong> following was written by<br />

the sister <strong>of</strong> a young man with a severe<br />

brain injury:<br />

He is now alert and responsive, for<br />

the most part, but cannot walk, talk<br />

or eat. He had a pump inserted into<br />

his abdominal cavity to dispense a<br />

muscle relaxant for the excessive<br />

muscle tone in his legs, and then later<br />

had the tendons cut behind his knees<br />

for the same reason. He suffers from<br />

severe muscle spasms in his throat,<br />

so he cannot swallow or talk. Despite<br />

all <strong>of</strong> this, he has a normal life expectancy.<br />

He suffers from short-term<br />

memory loss and, unfortunately,<br />

does not remember that our aunt, uncle,<br />

two cousins, dad, sister or mom<br />

died during the past 10 years ^ so he<br />

gets confused as to why they don't<br />

visit him, and it's heartbreaking to<br />

have to grieve with him again and<br />

again when he asks where they are<br />

and then finds out they're no longer<br />

living. He has only one friend who<br />

continues to visit with him ^ a friend<br />

he's had since high school. Everyone<br />

else has gone on with their lives.<br />

Even when an injury is less severe and<br />

the person can return to work, the<br />

changes are still dramatic for the family.<br />

This was written by the wife <strong>of</strong> a brain injured<br />

man:<br />

You don't want to believe that the<br />

doctors can't fix something you see<br />

is wrong. You think because he was<br />

hit on the head, and no bones were<br />

broken that it can't be all that bad.<br />

Sometimes I wonder if that makes it<br />

worse.<br />

<strong>The</strong> problems are ignored, misdiagnosed<br />

or you're told it's all in your<br />

head. I really wondered if they were<br />

right? He seems physically fine, except<br />

for numbness, aches, constant<br />

headaches and muscle spasms. You<br />

try to be optimistic and say, `It's not<br />

that bad.' Family, friends and co-workers<br />

think he's fine too. But I see the<br />

day-to-day losses. I see the loss <strong>of</strong> a<br />

partner and spouse. I see more <strong>of</strong> me<br />

taking the lead and it's so hard. He<br />

was the kind <strong>of</strong> person to say, `Hey,<br />

lets go do this . . .' or spontaneously<br />

play with the kids. Now when he<br />

comes home from work, he goes into<br />

a mental ``shut-down'' and I'm left with<br />

a shell <strong>of</strong> the person who is supposed<br />

to be my life-partner.<br />

I miss having an equal. Feeling that I<br />

am loved and cherished. Someone<br />

who asks how my day was, jumping<br />

in and taking care <strong>of</strong> the kids and me<br />

when I am sick, doing special little<br />

things or saying just the right thing<br />

when I need it. Now, on bad days I<br />

64 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


have someone who is self-absorbed<br />

and withdrawn with bouts <strong>of</strong> uncontrollable<br />

anger, who doesn't remember<br />

conversations we just had,<br />

initiate things or can finish certain<br />

tasks. I remember my wedding vows<br />

<strong>of</strong> ``for better or worse'' and know that<br />

even though he's changed, I love him<br />

and will always. No one could ever<br />

take the place <strong>of</strong> him in my heart.<br />

Even though in the perfect life, I<br />

would have my husband back, as we<br />

all wish for, I know that I can persevere.<br />

And on those bad days, you'll<br />

find me here on TBIChat.' (http://<br />

tbichat.org/stories )<br />

A medical doctor, Claudia Osborne, who<br />

sustained a brain injury, has written<br />

about the common experiences <strong>of</strong> survivors<br />

<strong>of</strong> brain injury, retelling and modifying<br />

the story <strong>of</strong> the Wizard <strong>of</strong> Oz to<br />

describe the journey back to life after a<br />

brain injury. On Dorothy's journey along<br />

the yellow brick road, she was accompanied<br />

by the Scarecrow,Tinman and Lion,<br />

to visit the Wizard <strong>of</strong> Oz. <strong>The</strong> Scarecrow<br />

was the great problem-solver <strong>of</strong> the<br />

`team', he was the cerebral one,`the great<br />

thinker'. <strong>The</strong> Tinman, however, was `the<br />

person <strong>of</strong> great heart'; the one always<br />

caring, reaching out with empathy and<br />

compassion, and who was always crying,<br />

indeed at times, threatening to rust<br />

down. <strong>The</strong> Lion, `the person <strong>of</strong> great<br />

courage', was in truth scared to death,<br />

but summonsed his internal courage<br />

and risked all. When they got to Oz, the<br />

Wizard said: `I can't help you Dorothy:<br />

You have it all within you.' <strong>The</strong> message<br />

from Claudia is that within each one <strong>of</strong><br />

us, we have our own scarecrow, tinman<br />

and lion, each a part <strong>of</strong> our whole self<br />

and each a part that we need to recognize<br />

and tap. In this way we will be our<br />

potential, our capabilities, our resourcefulness<br />

and so, we will be an integrated<br />

human being, tender, confident and resolute.<br />

Web sites (such asTBIChat) provided by<br />

support groups for brain-injured individuals<br />

and their families, play an extremely<br />

important role in helping people<br />

with a brain injury to adjust to life. In<br />

<strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>, there are several hospitals<br />

that <strong>of</strong>fer rehabilitation during the acute<br />

phase after the injury. However, once<br />

the patient is discharged, very little is<br />

available outside private health care. An<br />

organisation that helps to fill this gap is<br />

Brain Injury Group (BIG), formally called<br />

the <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>n National Lobby Group<br />

for People with Acquired Brain Injuries.<br />

BIG is a non-pr<strong>of</strong>it organisation which<br />

was formed in February 2000. BIG's mission<br />

is to improve the quality <strong>of</strong> life <strong>of</strong><br />

brain-injured people, their families and<br />

carers by promoting awareness through<br />

education and lobbying, to help develop<br />

and maintain community support services,<br />

and to serve as an <strong>of</strong>ficiating body<br />

to unify the collective actions and intentions<br />

<strong>of</strong> all interested support groups<br />

and organisations.<br />

One <strong>of</strong> the greatest needs <strong>of</strong> brain-injured<br />

individuals is to be accepted as a<br />

person <strong>of</strong> worth and to lead a meaningful<br />

life. You can learn more about brain<br />

injury by studying neuropsychology in<br />

the Honours paper Physiological Psychology.<br />

If you have a family member<br />

or know someone who is brain injured,<br />

or if you are interested in the work that<br />

BIG does, you can contact them at: P O<br />

Box 27397, Sunnyside, PRETORIA, 0132;<br />

tel (012) 348 2303, fax (012) 333 0393;<br />

e-mail: braint@intekom.co.za ; Web<br />

page: https://tbinet.org/lobbybig.<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 65


REFERENCES<br />

Lezak, M. D. (1995) Neuropsychological Assessment. NY: Oxford <strong>University</strong> Press.<br />

Osborne, C. L. (1998). Over My Head. Kansas City: Andrews McMeel Publishing.<br />

WHO Collaborating Centres for Neurotrauma (1995). Prevention, Critical Care and<br />

Rehabilitation <strong>of</strong> Neurotrauma: Perspectives and Future Strategies.<br />

66 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


Evaluation <strong>of</strong> scientific articles<br />

Sheree Clark, Karen Dick, Claudia Epprecht,<br />

Larise du Plessis, Lazarus Matlakala, Maggi Moremi,<br />

Lucas Raganya, Eileen Rich, Carol Richards,<br />

Narropi Sewpershad, Vicky Timm<br />

ABSTRACT <strong>The</strong> scientific community relies on research articles to expand its<br />

body <strong>of</strong> knowledge. Scientists act as their own gatekeepers to ensure<br />

proper standards in their disciplines. <strong>The</strong>refore, peer evaluation <strong>of</strong><br />

articles plays a major role in the publication <strong>of</strong> scientific work. <strong>The</strong><br />

problem is that many mediocre articles find their way past the<br />

gatekeepers and into prestigious journals, while many good articles<br />

are rejected. Whereas the publication <strong>of</strong> mediocre articles is to be<br />

avoided the loss <strong>of</strong> an article that could have <strong>of</strong>fered a significant<br />

contribution should be avoided at all cost. This article outlines the<br />

extent <strong>of</strong> the problem <strong>of</strong> falsely accepting and falsely rejecting<br />

articles, and indicates what authors could do to increase their<br />

chances <strong>of</strong> publication. Literature is reviewed to show that good<br />

articles conform to proper format and stylistic qualities, ethical<br />

content and particular standards in their contribution to knowledge.<br />

<strong>The</strong> article suggests that rating scales might be used to increase the<br />

validity and reliability <strong>of</strong> evaluation procedures, but argues that such<br />

rating scales should be properly constructed and be used with<br />

caution.<br />

<strong>The</strong> general consensus within<br />

academia is that scientific<br />

journals play an important role<br />

in enabling the scientific community<br />

to endorse additions to its body<br />

<strong>of</strong> accepted knowledge and in providing<br />

the means by which scientists compete<br />

for prestige and recognition in their<br />

areas <strong>of</strong> expertise. However, to get published,<br />

the authors <strong>of</strong> manuscripts have<br />

to get past various editorial boards, editors<br />

and external reviewers. According<br />

to Campanario (1995:305), these `gatekeepers<br />

<strong>of</strong> science' play an important<br />

role in the process <strong>of</strong> communication<br />

within the scientific disciplines.<br />

This article looks at the evaluation <strong>of</strong><br />

scientific articles from a variety <strong>of</strong> viewpoints.<br />

Certain universal standards are<br />

normally adhered to in terms <strong>of</strong> the publication<br />

<strong>of</strong> journal articles, and these are<br />

briefly discussed along with ethical considerations.<br />

Finally, a number <strong>of</strong> salient<br />

points are covered within the field <strong>of</strong> the<br />

construction and utilisation <strong>of</strong> rating<br />

scales.<br />

Robert Sternberg, an author, editor and<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 67<br />

article article article article article article article article article article article article article article article article a


pr<strong>of</strong>essor <strong>of</strong> psychology and education<br />

at Yale <strong>University</strong>, believes that certain<br />

standards must be set for evaluating<br />

psychology papers. It is interesting to<br />

note that there are many conflicting<br />

views in the literature as to whether<br />

these standards are actually maintained.<br />

Sternberg (1993:155) maintains that<br />

although very little has been written<br />

about how psychologists evaluate a paper's<br />

worth, there does seem to be a<br />

high level <strong>of</strong> consistency among the ratings<br />

accorded to the work <strong>of</strong> colleagues<br />

in the field <strong>of</strong> psychology. However, in a<br />

study reviewing the literature on memory<br />

and verbal learning, Tulving and Madigan<br />

(see Sternberg, 1993:154) found<br />

that only 10 per cent <strong>of</strong> a selected sample<br />

<strong>of</strong> 540 academic publications are<br />

printing work that they termed `worthwhile'.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y felt that this 10 per cent was<br />

an indication <strong>of</strong> progress within this particular<br />

field as these papers clarified existing<br />

problems, opening up new areas<br />

<strong>of</strong> investigation and providing titillating<br />

glimpses into the unknown. <strong>The</strong> remaining<br />

90 per cent <strong>of</strong> research published fell<br />

into two categories. Those that could be<br />

labelled `utterly inconsequential' and did<br />

not affect future research or understanding<br />

in any way ^ and those that were basically<br />

`a technically competent variation<br />

on well-known themes' (Sternberg,<br />

1993:154) and do therefore not add anything<br />

new to knowledge in the field.<br />

A typical journal article is cited an average<br />

<strong>of</strong> 15 times. But `only 2 per cent <strong>of</strong><br />

the more than 32 million papers which<br />

were cited at least once between 1945<br />

and 1988 were cited more than 50<br />

times' (Garfield 1990b; Hamilton, 1990<br />

as cited in Companario, 1995:306). <strong>The</strong><br />

argument here is that many papers <strong>of</strong><br />

mediocre standard have been published<br />

in journals.<br />

However the opposite is also true. Campanario<br />

(1995) used data compiled by<br />

the Institute <strong>of</strong> Scientific Information to<br />

analyse a number <strong>of</strong> important or highly<br />

cited papers whose authors initially had<br />

much difficulty in getting them published<br />

at all. <strong>The</strong>se papers, which were all originally<br />

rejected by scientific journals, received<br />

numerous citations when they<br />

were eventually published ^ ranging<br />

from 100 citations to 4 410. Even more<br />

disturbing is the fact that seven authors<br />

in this group eventually received Nobel<br />

prizes for the work reported in their previously<br />

rejected articles.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are a variety <strong>of</strong> reasons why a<br />

good manuscript's receives a negative<br />

evaluation.Often a reviewer does not recognise<br />

the manuscript's value and<br />

therefore rejects it. Sometimes it appears<br />

that the reviewers are actually resistant<br />

to original or controversial ideas<br />

that challenge the existing status quo.<br />

Some reasons given are that the paper<br />

is not interesting, or scientific or original<br />

enough. However, this does not explain<br />

the many articles that are initially rejected<br />

and then published elsewhere.<br />

David Horrobin, a medical editor, maintains<br />

that `there is objective evidence<br />

that some referees, and even some<br />

highly respected ones in top academic<br />

positions, are at best ignorant and careless,<br />

and at worst deliberately obstructive'<br />

(Campanario, 1995:305). Understandably<br />

then, the peer review system<br />

receives a lot <strong>of</strong> criticism in the literature.<br />

In the light <strong>of</strong> the above, it is therefore<br />

essential that both researchers and publishers<br />

have some guidelines to ensure<br />

the articles that are produced and accepted<br />

for publication achieve the main<br />

goal <strong>of</strong> the peer review system, which is<br />

`to promote original ideas, valuable ap-<br />

68 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


proaches, or new methods, and to reject<br />

mediocre ones' (Campanario,1995:321).<br />

Authors' responsibility<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are two main areas <strong>of</strong> focus for an<br />

author to ensure that the quality <strong>of</strong> the<br />

work is superior. <strong>The</strong> first and most important<br />

factor is the value <strong>of</strong> the knowledge<br />

produced, which is discussed<br />

below under Sternberg's eight standards<br />

for evaluation. <strong>The</strong> second factor is the<br />

quality <strong>of</strong> writing in the paper.<strong>The</strong> quality<br />

<strong>of</strong> writing involves not only format and<br />

style but also ensuring a content that adheres<br />

to certain ethical principles.<br />

Format and style<br />

Most scientific articles are presented in<br />

a standard, recognisable format, called<br />

Introduction, Method, Results and Discussion<br />

(IMRAD). <strong>The</strong> format aids readers<br />

who wish to obtain information<br />

swiftly and accurately to save time. Owing<br />

to the vast amount <strong>of</strong> information<br />

available to researchers it is necessary<br />

that the author presents his/her work in<br />

an accepted format that provides both<br />

uniformity and predictability. In one <strong>of</strong><br />

the largest studies investigating the way<br />

readers process scientific articles, Burrough-Boenisch<br />

investigated the reading<br />

strategies <strong>of</strong> 63 readers. <strong>The</strong> results<br />

indicated that there was enormous variation<br />

in the reading strategies reported.<br />

Burrough-Boenisch concludes that one<br />

<strong>of</strong> the possibilities is that `IMRAD is useful<br />

because it's sheer predictability enables<br />

readers to use it to create the<br />

reading strategy most appropriate to<br />

their situation' (Hartley,1999:257).<br />

An article should also conform to the<br />

prescribed format for articles published<br />

in American Psychological Association<br />

(APA) publications for empirical studies<br />

and literature reviews, which are universally<br />

used guidelines (Ware & Davis,<br />

1997). Those contributions that diverge<br />

too much may be sent back for rewriting<br />

even before being reviewed (Bem,1995).<br />

A number <strong>of</strong> successful stylistic strategies<br />

for authors are indicated in the literature<br />

concerning this subject:<br />

^ Focus on an objective by developing<br />

a main idea and `write it in a strong<br />

thesis sentence' (Hurst & Camp,<br />

1999:22) as this will then guide the<br />

writing and inform readers as to intent.<br />

^ <strong>The</strong> topic <strong>of</strong> choice should be <strong>of</strong> interest<br />

and have a concise, informative title<br />

that will attract the attention <strong>of</strong><br />

potential readers.<br />

^ Building background is defined as<br />

providing the essential knowledge to<br />

aid in reader comprehension (Hurst &<br />

Camp,1999). <strong>The</strong> writer should therefore<br />

give readers sufficient informa-<br />

^<br />

^<br />

^<br />

tion on all relevant literature.<br />

Fundamental criteria for good scientific<br />

writing are accuracy and clarity<br />

(Bem,1995).<br />

Maxwell and Cole (1995) advocate<br />

the use <strong>of</strong> simple words and sentences<br />

that facilitate comprehension<br />

and clarity.<br />

Cite all references and sources <strong>of</strong> information.<br />

Ethics<br />

A wide range <strong>of</strong> factors play a role in ensuring<br />

that the content <strong>of</strong> a scientific article<br />

achieves the required ethical<br />

standards. <strong>The</strong> most important <strong>of</strong> these<br />

are indicated briefly below.<br />

Consequential justification: When writing<br />

about research involving human<br />

subjects, the Nuremberg Code <strong>of</strong> 1947<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 69


indicates that research should yield fruitful<br />

results for the good <strong>of</strong> society, and<br />

that such results should not be procurable<br />

in other ways. In other words, the<br />

social benefits accruing from research<br />

involving human subjects should be<br />

made explicit. <strong>The</strong> anticipated results<br />

should justify the performance <strong>of</strong> the experiment<br />

(Walters,1995).<br />

Fairness: <strong>The</strong> rationale <strong>of</strong> the study<br />

should indicate how the research would<br />

directly benefit the community from<br />

which the subjects are taken. <strong>The</strong> site<br />

should be chosen in these terms and<br />

samples should be selected on the basis<br />

<strong>of</strong> scientific principles without bias being<br />

introduced by issues <strong>of</strong> accessibility,<br />

cost or malleability (Learner, 2001).<br />

Competencies <strong>of</strong> the researcher: Researchers<br />

should recognise the boundaries<br />

<strong>of</strong> their particular competence and<br />

limitation <strong>of</strong> their expertise. Researchers<br />

should not engage in any activity for<br />

which they have not been properly<br />

trained (Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Board <strong>of</strong> Psychology,1999).<br />

Risk-benefit analysis: In research involving<br />

human subjects inherent risks<br />

should be outweighed by the benefit to<br />

the subject or the community from<br />

which he/she comes and the importance<br />

<strong>of</strong> the knowledge to be gained<br />

from the completed research (Walters,<br />

1995)<br />

Informed consent: According to the Nuremberg<br />

Code, research subjects should<br />

be able to exercise free power <strong>of</strong> choice,<br />

and should have sufficient knowledge<br />

and comprehension <strong>of</strong> the subject matter<br />

involved to enable then to make informed<br />

decisions. Informed consent<br />

means knowing consent, or that the individual<br />

or his/her legally authorised representative<br />

is able to exercise freedom<br />

<strong>of</strong> choice. It is essential that human subjects<br />

are able to give voluntary consent<br />

(Walters, 1995). Point 9.11.1 <strong>of</strong> the Draft<br />

for the Ethical Code <strong>of</strong> Pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />

Conduct as set out by the Pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />

Board <strong>of</strong> Psychology in <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong><br />

(1999:38) states that psychologists<br />

should `use language that is reasonably<br />

understandable to research participants<br />

in obtaining their appropriate informed<br />

consent. Such informed consent is appropriately<br />

documented'.<br />

Providing participants with information<br />

about the study: Point 9.18.1 <strong>of</strong> the Draft<br />

for the Ethical Code <strong>of</strong> Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Conduct<br />

as set out by the Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Board<br />

<strong>of</strong> Psychology (1999:39) states: `Psychologist<br />

provide a prompt opportunity for<br />

participants to obtain appropriate information<br />

about the nature, results and conclusions<br />

<strong>of</strong> the research, and<br />

psychologists attempt to correct any misconceptions<br />

that participants may have.'<br />

Point 9.15.3 <strong>of</strong> the code (1999:39) states:<br />

`Any other deception that is an integral<br />

feature <strong>of</strong> the design and conduct <strong>of</strong> an<br />

experiment must be explained to participants<br />

as early as is feasible, preferably at<br />

the conclusion <strong>of</strong> their participation, but<br />

no later than at the conclusion <strong>of</strong> the research.'<br />

Confidentiality: <strong>The</strong> privacy <strong>of</strong> the subject<br />

and his/her family must be protected in<br />

all aspects <strong>of</strong> the design and implementation<br />

<strong>of</strong> the study. All information relating<br />

to a traceable individual and his or her family<br />

must be kept confidential at all levels<br />

<strong>of</strong> research implementation, extending<br />

through the process <strong>of</strong> data analysis, preparation<br />

<strong>of</strong> reports and publication. <strong>The</strong><br />

possible risk <strong>of</strong> exposure must be addressed<br />

by describing the methods in<br />

place to ensure that no harm can come<br />

70 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


to the subject as a result <strong>of</strong> having participated<br />

in the study (Leaning, 2001). Any<br />

limitations with regard to confidentiality<br />

must be fully discussed (Pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />

Board <strong>of</strong> Psychology,1999).<br />

Dignity: <strong>The</strong> researcher must demonstrate<br />

the ways in which the conducting<br />

<strong>of</strong> the research, and the ways in which<br />

the information will be handled and used<br />

supports the dignity and autonomy <strong>of</strong><br />

the subjects. Throughout the research<br />

process and reporting <strong>of</strong> results steps<br />

should be taken to enhance the subjects'<br />

sense <strong>of</strong> well-being, autonomy<br />

and dignity (Learning, 2001). Point 9.6.4<br />

<strong>of</strong> the <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>n Draft Ethical Code<br />

for Psychologists (Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Board <strong>of</strong><br />

Psychology,1999:37) states: `Psychologists<br />

take reasonable steps to implement<br />

appropriate protections for the rights<br />

and welfare <strong>of</strong> human participants, other<br />

persons affected by the research, and<br />

the welfare <strong>of</strong> animal subjects.' Point<br />

9.7.1 <strong>of</strong> this code (1999:37) states: `Psychologists<br />

conduct research competently<br />

with due concern for the dignity<br />

and welfare <strong>of</strong> the participants.'<br />

Editors' responsibility<br />

In order to avoid rejecting manuscripts<br />

containing worthwhile work, the editors<br />

and reviewers must be constantly<br />

aware <strong>of</strong> the possibility that they may<br />

reject a paper because they themselves<br />

do not `appreciate the importance <strong>of</strong> a<br />

potentially influential manuscript' (Campanario,1995:305).<br />

Communication with the author should<br />

be open and non-authoritarian. Constructive<br />

criticism <strong>of</strong> an article which<br />

has the potential to contribute to<br />

science, may encourage the author to<br />

revise and improve his/her manuscript<br />

and therefore strengthen his/her contribution.<br />

Perhaps the main fault is that<br />

the article is just not suitable for the<br />

publication but will contribute to knowledge<br />

in another journal. <strong>The</strong>re may be<br />

only minor problems that can easily be<br />

rectified, such as a too-long submission.<br />

Editors and reviewers must therefore<br />

aim to<br />

^ monitor work carefully<br />

^ allow originality and dissent<br />

^<br />

^<br />

encourage revision<br />

stimulate improvement with constructive<br />

criticism.<br />

Eight standards for evaluating<br />

the contribution <strong>of</strong> knowledge to<br />

psychology papers<br />

According to Sternberg (1993), the following<br />

eight standards should be applied<br />

to the evaluation <strong>of</strong> all<br />

psychological papers. He maintains that<br />

those articles that meet all or even<br />

some <strong>of</strong> these criteria are likely to be<br />

evaluated as worthwhile and will distinguish<br />

`truly important papers from other<br />

papers' (Sternberg, 1993:155). All researchers<br />

should have an awareness<br />

<strong>of</strong> these standards when evaluating the<br />

work <strong>of</strong> others, and should try and<br />

achieve them when writing their own<br />

papers. A real study will be drawn upon<br />

to highlight the standards used to evaluate<br />

the contribution an article can<br />

make to an existing body <strong>of</strong> knowledge.<br />

<strong>The</strong> study in question is the well-known<br />

study to determine sources <strong>of</strong> attachment<br />

in infants (Harlow & Harlow, 1966<br />

as cited in Mussen, Conger, Kagan,<br />

Huston,1984).<br />

In a series <strong>of</strong> experiments conducted on<br />

infant monkeys in the 1960s, Harlow et<br />

al. identified a new source <strong>of</strong> mother^infant<br />

bond known as contact comfort<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 71


(Mussen et al, 1984). Young monkeys<br />

were raised in a cage with two different<br />

inanimate mothers, one made <strong>of</strong> wire<br />

from which the infant could nurse from a<br />

nipple placed on the chest and another<br />

one made <strong>of</strong> terry cloth, which did not<br />

provide any food.It was found that the infants<br />

spent most <strong>of</strong> their time with the<br />

terry-cloth mother and only went to the<br />

wire mother when they were hungry. If<br />

they were frightened they ran to the terry-cloth<br />

mother for comfort and security.<br />

1. <strong>The</strong> paper contains one or more<br />

surprising results that nevertheless<br />

make sense in a theoretical context:<br />

<strong>The</strong> results <strong>of</strong> the Harlow experiment<br />

were contrary to prevalent psychoanalytical<br />

and behavioural<br />

theories which believed that basic<br />

drives such as hunger, thirst and<br />

pain were the main forces behind<br />

the development <strong>of</strong> an attachment<br />

bond. <strong>The</strong> infants in this study spent<br />

most <strong>of</strong> their time with the cloth<br />

mother and ran to her for comfort<br />

and security when frightened. <strong>The</strong>y<br />

only approached the wire mother<br />

when they were hungry. <strong>The</strong> attachment<br />

they developed towards the<br />

cloth mother was therefore driven<br />

by emotional, not biological needs.<br />

2. <strong>The</strong> results presented in the paper<br />

are <strong>of</strong> major theoretical or practical<br />

significance: <strong>The</strong> findings <strong>of</strong> Harlow's<br />

study were a `fatal blow to theories<br />

emphasising biological drive<br />

reduction' (Mussen et al,1984:120).<br />

It stimulated years <strong>of</strong> future research<br />

into various factors that interact to<br />

produce a strong attachment bond<br />

between a mother and her infant.<br />

<strong>The</strong> practical significance <strong>of</strong> these<br />

findings has had far-reaching effects<br />

on the attitude towards childcare.<br />

3. <strong>The</strong> ideas in the paper are new and<br />

exciting, perhaps presenting a new<br />

way <strong>of</strong> looking at an old problem:<br />

Harlow's study focused attention on<br />

the emotional reasons for the formation<br />

<strong>of</strong> an attachment bond and disproved<br />

the theory that infant ^ carer<br />

attachments developed mainly to<br />

satisfy biological drives.<br />

4. <strong>The</strong> interpretation <strong>of</strong> the results is<br />

`unambiguous': Lack <strong>of</strong> ambiguity is<br />

a standard that can be approached<br />

but not attained' (Sternberg,<br />

1993:167). When the findings <strong>of</strong> this<br />

study were first published in 1966 it<br />

appeared that the results were conclusive<br />

and interpretation was simple<br />

and straightforward. However,<br />

further research that has been carried<br />

out on this phenomenon indicates<br />

that the development <strong>of</strong> the<br />

infant^mother attachment bond is<br />

due to a wider variety <strong>of</strong> interacting<br />

factors. `Numerous studies have<br />

linked maternal sensitivity or levels<br />

<strong>of</strong> reciprocal interaction in the first<br />

year <strong>of</strong> life to attachment classification'<br />

(Fish, Stifter & Belsky,1993:1).<br />

5. <strong>The</strong> paper integrates into a new,<br />

simpler framework data that had<br />

previously required a complex,<br />

possibly unwieldy framework: Prior<br />

to this study, attachment was<br />

viewedasareactiontobiological<br />

instincts and very little attention<br />

was focused on the emotional aspects.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se findings suggested a<br />

way in which the concept <strong>of</strong> attachment<br />

could be understood from a<br />

more holistic, interactive perspective.<br />

Although the framework was<br />

simpler when the focus was solely<br />

on biological drives, the information<br />

gathered from this more complex<br />

frameworkisstillpresentedina<br />

manageable manner.<br />

6. <strong>The</strong> paper contains a major debunk-<br />

72 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


ing <strong>of</strong> previously held ideas: <strong>The</strong><br />

findings <strong>of</strong> this study debunked the<br />

strongly entrenched beliefs that an<br />

infant is driven to form attachments<br />

only to satisfy biological needs and<br />

instincts. This research indicated,`the<br />

strength <strong>of</strong> a child's attachment to<br />

either parent is not related in any simple<br />

way to the frequency with which<br />

the parent feeds, changes or cares<br />

for the physical needs <strong>of</strong> the child'<br />

(Ainsworth et al., 1978 as cited in<br />

Mussen et al.,1984).<br />

7. <strong>The</strong> paper presents an experiment<br />

with a particularly clever paradigm<br />

or experimental manipulation: <strong>The</strong><br />

experimental manipulation in this<br />

study was unique and unusual,<br />

although the ethical considerations<br />

<strong>of</strong> such a study being carried out today<br />

would be questionable.<br />

8. <strong>The</strong> findings or theory presented in<br />

the paper are general ones: <strong>The</strong><br />

theory presented in this study is very<br />

general, as it is possible to apply it to<br />

many broad aspects <strong>of</strong> child development.<br />

<strong>The</strong> use <strong>of</strong> rating scales<br />

One method <strong>of</strong> increasing the reliability<br />

and validity <strong>of</strong> evaluation procedures is<br />

to introduce structure that leads to greater<br />

formalisation <strong>of</strong> processes. Rating<br />

scales are used to structure evaluation<br />

processes. <strong>The</strong>y help to improve consensus<br />

among evaluators, and to maintain<br />

set levels <strong>of</strong> standards. However,<br />

many problems arise in the construction<br />

<strong>of</strong> rating scales. According to Guilford<br />

(1954:264) the numerical scale is among<br />

the easiest to construct and apply, and<br />

also the simplest in terms <strong>of</strong> handling<br />

the results. `Unfortunately, the apparent<br />

ease <strong>of</strong> construction is deceptive and<br />

theease<strong>of</strong>usecarriesaheavyprice:<br />

lack <strong>of</strong> validity due to a number <strong>of</strong><br />

sources <strong>of</strong> bias that enter into rating<br />

measures' (Kerlinger, 1986:494). Kerlinger<br />

points out that the scales are seemingly<br />

so easy that they are used<br />

indiscriminately, frequently without<br />

knowledge <strong>of</strong> their intrinsic defects. He<br />

describes this problem as their extrinsic<br />

weakness. Intrinsic weakness refers to<br />

the proneness to constant or biased error<br />

<strong>of</strong> the scale.<br />

Intrinsic defects: Of all forms that constant<br />

rating error takes, the halo effect<br />

is the most pervasive.<strong>The</strong> halo effect refers<br />

to the tendency to rate an object<br />

constantly in the same direction as a result<br />

<strong>of</strong> its general impression. Other important<br />

forms <strong>of</strong> constant error are the<br />

error <strong>of</strong> severity and leniency.<strong>The</strong> former<br />

is referred to as the general tendency to<br />

rate things too low on all characteristics,<br />

while the latter is held to be the opposite<br />

general tendency to rate things too high<br />

on all characteristics. In addition, there is<br />

the tendency to avoid all extreme judgements<br />

and wrongly give objects middle<br />

ratings on all attributes. This is called<br />

the error <strong>of</strong> central tendency. It usually<br />

manifests itself when the rater is rating<br />

something with which he or she is not familiar<br />

or has little knowledge about (Guilford,1954;<br />

Kerlinger,1986).<br />

Even if the biases <strong>of</strong> the rater when<br />

using rating scales such as the error <strong>of</strong><br />

leniency, severity, central tendency and<br />

halo effect can be controlled, the rating<br />

scale as a measuring instrument might<br />

still present some problems. Problems<br />

may arise when the dimensions to be<br />

rated are described in ambiguous or<br />

general terms within the rating scale.<br />

For example, when a numerical scale is<br />

used, it is sometimes unclear what each<br />

<strong>of</strong> the numbers means and how the dif-<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 73


ferent rating levels differ from one another.<br />

Even if concepts such as excellent,<br />

good, fair and poor are used to<br />

describe ratings in the rating scale, the<br />

degree <strong>of</strong> ambiguity and indefiniteness<br />

is reduced only slightly. When the rating<br />

categories <strong>of</strong> a scale are ambiguous,<br />

the potential use <strong>of</strong> the results, the purpose<br />

for which the results were intended,<br />

and the validity <strong>of</strong> the results<br />

are reduced. A rating scale that violates<br />

the criterion <strong>of</strong> usability (i.e. a criterion<br />

that refers to a number <strong>of</strong> practical considerations<br />

such as the rater's minimum<br />

amount <strong>of</strong> training in measurement and<br />

evaluation) is itself a source <strong>of</strong> error.<br />

Moreover, the directions for use and any<br />

information that can enhance the quality<br />

<strong>of</strong> the rating scale are important features<br />

<strong>of</strong> the rating scale as a measuring and<br />

evaluation instrument. A rating scale<br />

should be designed in such a way that<br />

results obtained from using it can be easily<br />

interpreted and related to the subject<br />

matter for which it was used.<br />

It is advisable that those who construct<br />

rating scales be conversant with the errors<br />

that can occur. <strong>The</strong>y should be able<br />

to develop procedures for estimating<br />

these errors and they should be able<br />

to utilise methods <strong>of</strong> rating scale construction<br />

that minimise errors. Guilford<br />

(1954) indicates that numerical ratings<br />

are <strong>of</strong>ten rejected in favour <strong>of</strong> other<br />

types <strong>of</strong> rating. In fact, other types are<br />

<strong>of</strong>ten devised for the purpose <strong>of</strong> overcoming<br />

some <strong>of</strong> the weaknesses <strong>of</strong> numerical<br />

ratings. However, numerical<br />

scales could be useful in a variety <strong>of</strong> situations,<br />

provided their construction<br />

and use are considered carefully.<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore, if used `with knowledge, skill<br />

and care, ratings can be valuable' (Kerlinger,1986:494).<br />

Historically, qualitative and quantitative<br />

measures have been treated as two `mutually<br />

exclusive' approaches in the construction<br />

<strong>of</strong> rating scales. However this<br />

has changed, and nowadays qualitative<br />

and quantitative measures are <strong>of</strong>ten<br />

combined in a single scale. <strong>The</strong> combination<br />

<strong>of</strong> the two approaches provides<br />

for a richer and more insightful analysis<br />

<strong>of</strong> complex phenomena. However, one<br />

should keep in mind that a combinational<br />

approach is not without problems.<br />

<strong>The</strong> combination <strong>of</strong> qualitative and<br />

quantitative measures in a single scale<br />

has implications for the focus <strong>of</strong> the rating<br />

scale. This kind <strong>of</strong> scale has to be<br />

constructed more around research content<br />

than around research methodology.<br />

Focusing on the content <strong>of</strong> a research<br />

study enables rating scales to accommodate<br />

both qualitative and quantitative<br />

information in a single evaluation.<br />

CONCLUSION<br />

<strong>The</strong> scientific community relies on research<br />

articles to expand its body <strong>of</strong><br />

knowledge. Scientists act as their own<br />

gatekeepers to ensure proper standards<br />

in their disciplines. <strong>The</strong>refore, peer evaluation<br />

<strong>of</strong> articles plays a major role in<br />

the publication <strong>of</strong> scientific work. <strong>The</strong><br />

problem is that many mediocre articles<br />

find their way past the gatekeepers and<br />

into prestigious journals, while many<br />

good articles are rejected.Whereas one<br />

would like to avoid the publication <strong>of</strong><br />

mediocre articles the loss <strong>of</strong> an article<br />

that could have <strong>of</strong>fered a significant contribution<br />

should be avoided at all cost.<br />

In this article we outlined the extent <strong>of</strong><br />

the problem <strong>of</strong> false acceptance and<br />

false rejection, and indicated what<br />

authors could do to increase their<br />

chances <strong>of</strong> publication.We reviewed lit-<br />

74 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


erature showing that good articles conform<br />

to proper format and stylistic qualities,<br />

ethical content, and particular<br />

standards in their contribution to<br />

knowledge. We suggested the use <strong>of</strong><br />

rating scales to increase the validity<br />

and reliability <strong>of</strong> evaluation procedures,<br />

but argued that rating scales would<br />

serve to better evaluation procedures<br />

only if sufficient attention is given to<br />

theproperconstructionanduse<strong>of</strong><br />

such scales.<br />

REFERENCES<br />

Bem, D. J. 1995. Writing a review article for Psychological Bulletin. Psychological Bulletin,<br />

118 (2), 172±177.<br />

Campanario, J. M. 1995. Commentary on influential books and journal articles initially<br />

rejected because <strong>of</strong> negative referees' evaluations. Science Communication, 16 (3),<br />

304±325.<br />

Fish, M., Stifter, C. A. and Belsky, J. 1993. Early patterns <strong>of</strong> mother ± infant dyadic<br />

interaction: infant, mother, and family demographic antecedents. Infant Behaviour and<br />

Development, 16, 1±18.<br />

Guilford, J. (1954). Psychometric methods, 2nd ed. New York: McGraw-Hill.<br />

Hartley, J. 1999. From structured abstracts to structured articles: A modest proposal. `J'.<br />

Technical Writing and Communication, 29 (3), 255±270.<br />

Hartley, J., Sydes, M. and Blurton, A. 1996. Obtaining information accurately and quickly: are<br />

structured abstracts more effecient? Journal <strong>of</strong> Information Sciences, vol. 22, No. 5,<br />

349±356.<br />

Heacock, H., Koehoorn, M. and Tan, J. 1996. Applying epidemiological principles to<br />

ergonomics: a checklist for incorporating sound design and interpretation <strong>of</strong> studies.<br />

Applied Ergonomics, Vol. 28, No. 3, 167±172.<br />

Hurst, B. and Camp, D. 1999. Teaching reading. <strong>The</strong> Reading Teacher, 53 (1), 22±3.<br />

Kazdin, A. E. 1995. Preparing and evaluating research reports. Psychological assessment,<br />

seven, no. 3, 228±237.<br />

Kerlinger, F. N. 1986. Foundations <strong>of</strong> behavioral research. 3rd ed. New York: CBS College<br />

Publishing.<br />

Leaning, M. D. and S. M. H. 26/O7/2001. Annex-Ethics Template. Available http//<br />

www.who.int/eha/ resource/pulis/160499/p.htm.<br />

Maxwell, S. E. and Cole, D. A. 1995. Tips for writing (and reading) methodological articles.<br />

Psychological Bulletin, 118 (2), 193±8.<br />

Mussen, P. H., Conger, J. J., Kagan, J. and Huston, A. C. 1984. Child Development and<br />

Personality. 6th ed. New York: Harper and Row.<br />

Sternberg, R. J. 1993. <strong>The</strong> Psychologist's Companion (Edition III): A guide to scientific writing<br />

for students and researchers. Cambridge: <strong>University</strong> Press.<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Board for Psychology <strong>of</strong> the Health Pr<strong>of</strong>essions Council <strong>of</strong> <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> 1999.<br />

Draft Ethical Code for Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Conduct. Pretoria.<br />

Ware, M. E. and Davis, S. F. 1997. Student publications enhance teaching: experimental<br />

psychology and research methods courses. Paper presented at the Annual<br />

Convention <strong>of</strong> the American Psychological Association, Chicago.<br />

Walters, G. J. 1995. Human rights in theory and practice: a selected and annotated<br />

bibliography. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press Pasadena, CA.<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 75


`I began coughing in 1988. I went for<br />

an X-ray and was given medication<br />

but my health deteriorated. My situaarticle<br />

article article article article article article article article article article article article article article article a<br />

<strong>The</strong> psychosocial effects <strong>of</strong> retrenchment<br />

A testimony <strong>of</strong> migrant mineworkers<br />

B. L. Meel<br />

ABSTRACT Many mineworkers become diseased and disabled due to the harsh<br />

environments caused by mining operations. In <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> the<br />

majority <strong>of</strong> mineworkers migrate to the mining regions. <strong>The</strong>se regions<br />

are not only far from the miners' rural homes, but are also different in<br />

terms <strong>of</strong> culture and social structures. When miners become<br />

diseased and disabled they are retrenched and sent home where<br />

they have to face the psychological and sociological consequences<br />

<strong>of</strong> unemployment and the stigmatisation due to illness. <strong>The</strong> present<br />

study aimed to explore the nature <strong>of</strong> the psychosocial impact <strong>of</strong><br />

retrenchment on these workers. Fourteen former mineworkers were<br />

interviewed (with the help <strong>of</strong> an interpreter) at the Umtata General<br />

Hospital. A partially structured, open-ended interview format was<br />

used. A qualitative exploration <strong>of</strong> these interviews showed that these<br />

individuals appear to experience severe loss <strong>of</strong> community. For a<br />

majority <strong>of</strong> the former mineworkers, the conflict between the selves<br />

they take home from the mines, and the ideal self cherished by the<br />

community leads to mental confusion. <strong>The</strong> mining houses could go a<br />

long way towards alleviating these problems by providing proper<br />

information and guidance about the health conditions <strong>of</strong> retrenched<br />

workers.<br />

76 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA<br />

<strong>The</strong> mining environment is<br />

harsh. <strong>The</strong> work is strenuous<br />

and <strong>of</strong>ten dangerous.<br />

`Inside the mines it is hot and dark<br />

and there is no ventilation.On the underground<br />

shifts we are most afraid <strong>of</strong><br />

thestonetablebreakingandfalling<br />

down on us.<strong>The</strong> food is bad. It is <strong>of</strong>ten<br />

porridge or a mixture <strong>of</strong> mealies, pap,<br />

soup, potatoes, beans, cabbage, rice<br />

and fish tails.<br />

`I was working underground. My job<br />

was loading and sweeping stones<br />

and driving them to the stoves. Underground<br />

it was warm and dusty,<br />

lacking fresh air. Breathing underground<br />

was more difficult than outside,<br />

the air being warm and dusty.'<br />

Most <strong>of</strong> the mineworkers come from far<br />

afield to work in an environment that is<br />

culturally very different from their own.<br />

Physical and psychological strain can<br />

easily take their toll. Many workers fall ill<br />

and become disabled.


tion became critical in 1995 such that<br />

I was dismissed'.<br />

<strong>The</strong> problem is that the majority <strong>of</strong> these<br />

workers are returned home without<br />

proper guidance and preparation. <strong>The</strong>y<br />

are ignorant about their ailments, and ill<br />

prepared to face the psychosocial consequences<br />

<strong>of</strong> their retrenchment which<br />

is <strong>of</strong>ten without sufficient monetary<br />

compensation. This study focuses on<br />

the experiences <strong>of</strong> former mineworkers<br />

in their rural areas <strong>of</strong> origin after their retrenchment<br />

from the mines. Fourteen <strong>of</strong><br />

the former mineworkers were interviewed<br />

(with the help <strong>of</strong> an interpreter)<br />

at the Umtata General Hospital. A partially<br />

structured, open-ended interview<br />

format was used. A qualitative analysis<br />

<strong>of</strong> these interviews showed that many<br />

mineworkers face daunting problems<br />

related to poverty, unemployment, disease<br />

and, subsequently, stigma upon<br />

their return to their communities. More<br />

<strong>of</strong>ten than not, this leads to problematic<br />

selfidentity. <strong>The</strong> returning miner experiences<br />

conflict between the self he takes<br />

home from the mines and the ideal self<br />

cherished by his community.<br />

<strong>The</strong> self <strong>of</strong> the retrenched miner<br />

Mxolisi describes his social life, the expectations<br />

before he went to the mines,<br />

the failure <strong>of</strong> these expectations and the<br />

sense <strong>of</strong> loss that characterises him<br />

now.<br />

`Old men used to say: ``It's hard at the<br />

mines.'' <strong>The</strong>y taught and encouraged<br />

us to work hard whilst still at home.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y said they were equipping us for<br />

the hard labour in the mines by asking<br />

us to scoop manure from the<br />

kraals and carry it to the fields . . .<br />

On the train to the mines we talked<br />

about buying things.We talked about<br />

buying cattle, plowing the fields and<br />

paying lobola. Wewantedtobelike<br />

our fathers. Now we are back from<br />

theminesandwefeellikechildren.<br />

Our sense <strong>of</strong> reasoning is very poor.<br />

My passport books got lost a long<br />

time ago together with other documents<br />

. . . I began having chest problems<br />

in the mines. I have been<br />

admitted to the hospital on several<br />

occasions. Once I stayed in the hospital<br />

for three months. It is better . . .<br />

here at home than in the mines.'<br />

<strong>The</strong> miners come home without the<br />

money and the respect they anxiously<br />

went out to earn at the mines. <strong>The</strong>y look<br />

more like anti-heroes:<br />

`At first, miners were respected because<br />

they had money and they had<br />

manageable lives. Miners earned<br />

more money than other people.<br />

Miners would gain strong muscles<br />

and beautiful complexions and smart<br />

clothes. <strong>The</strong>y bought a lot <strong>of</strong> livestock.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y even bragged to others<br />

while going to the mines that they<br />

would employ them in their households<br />

as boys! Now there's no more<br />

money in the mines. Now the mines<br />

are no longer attractive . . . Now the<br />

community undermines you. People<br />

at home never knew how hard the<br />

work underground was. When a<br />

mineworker arrived at the mines, he<br />

would feel like going back home but<br />

he would be too ashamed <strong>of</strong> going<br />

home because people would mock<br />

him. So he had to persevere until the<br />

end <strong>of</strong> his job . . .We were treated like<br />

animals. Cows plow the fields with<br />

yokesontheirnecks...wewere<br />

slaves to work. Culturally you are a<br />

man because <strong>of</strong> how many livestock<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 77


you have.When you have no livestock<br />

that means you are not a man, and<br />

this worries you. Now when I sit and<br />

think, I discover that I've wasted my<br />

time. I could have joined the Transkeian<br />

Defence Force.'<br />

<strong>The</strong> community spirit that kept the mineworkers<br />

alive underground as well as the<br />

hostel life, the food and the beer they<br />

had `for free', the medical check-ups, the<br />

risky adventures involved in drinking<br />

hard liquor, and `going after women', are<br />

all suddenly left behind. Most would willingly<br />

return to the hostels and to the shift<br />

work underground, in spite <strong>of</strong> the brutality<br />

<strong>of</strong> the boss boys, the sodomy, the prevarication<br />

<strong>of</strong> management, the<br />

emasculation <strong>of</strong> their labour for maximum<br />

productivity and scanty wages,<br />

and the inherent dangers <strong>of</strong> death and<br />

disease.<br />

According to the informants at the clinic,<br />

most mineworkers cannot think for<br />

themselves after having been reduced<br />

to `boys',`dogs' and `babies' in the mines.<br />

<strong>The</strong> self that the mineworker takes<br />

home is impoverished: financially, physically,<br />

mentally and morally.<br />

<strong>The</strong> self expected by the<br />

community<br />

<strong>The</strong> expectations for the former migrant<br />

mineworker, who is relieved <strong>of</strong> his obligations<br />

at the mines, is to return home<br />

and to take his place as `a man among<br />

equals', and to bring material achievement<br />

to his homestead. He is expected<br />

to perform his obligations towards the<br />

family, kin group, and to maintain his personal<br />

welfare both as an individual and<br />

as a member <strong>of</strong> a community.<br />

`At first miners were respected because<br />

they had money and they had<br />

manageable lives. Miners earned<br />

more money than other people.<br />

Miners would gain strong muscles<br />

and beautiful complexions and smart<br />

clothes. <strong>The</strong>y bought a lot <strong>of</strong> livestock.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y even bragged to others<br />

while going to the mines that they<br />

would employ them in their households<br />

as boys! Now there's no more<br />

money in the mines.<br />

`Onthetraintothemineswetalked<br />

about buying things.We talked about<br />

buying cattle, plowing the fields and<br />

paying lobola. We wanted to be like<br />

our fathers.'<br />

<strong>The</strong> conflict<br />

Nguni culture, as a whole, encourages<br />

men to be independent, not interdependent,<br />

and not dependent on woman. <strong>The</strong><br />

reality is that the women generally assume<br />

the role <strong>of</strong> household heads in the<br />

absence <strong>of</strong> the men. Many engage in<br />

petty trading and gardening, which enables<br />

them to run their households and<br />

frequently to save more than their husbands.<br />

This together with retrenchment<br />

leads to an identity crisis on behalf <strong>of</strong><br />

the former mineworkers ^ the man's role<br />

is now open to questioning. For those retrenched<br />

mineworkers whose wives become<br />

involved with other men there is<br />

an even bigger problem. Indeed, families<br />

eventually break up for want <strong>of</strong> money,<br />

unfaithfulness and misunderstanding.<br />

For example, Zwelidumile's failure in his<br />

business opens him to harsh treatment<br />

from his wife:<br />

`With my compensation, I bought<br />

clothes, many other things for my family<br />

and finally a van. I intended to<br />

use the van for public transport. But<br />

the driver/mechanic I hired stole most<br />

78 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


<strong>of</strong> the parts. <strong>The</strong>n the car stalled and<br />

broke down. I had no money. I could<br />

not come to town to report the matter<br />

to the police. It was only last week<br />

that I received some money for a<br />

piece job I did. <strong>The</strong> breaking down <strong>of</strong><br />

the car created problems in the family,<br />

especially with my wife. She believed<br />

that I had made up the whole<br />

story . . . Women trust you when you<br />

are still struggling to achieve a certain<br />

goal. When you are counting to<br />

achieve something, your wife trusts<br />

you. And she stays by your side. But<br />

once you fail in your attempt, she deserts<br />

you'.<br />

For a majority <strong>of</strong> the former mineworkers,<br />

the conflict between the selves<br />

they take home from the mines, and the<br />

ideal self cherished by the community<br />

leads to mental confusion. Khehla does<br />

not understand the deeper reasons for<br />

which his wife left him:<br />

`<strong>The</strong>re was tension in my family. And<br />

during that time my wife left me with<br />

the children . . .<strong>The</strong> reason for the separation<br />

is that she got involved with<br />

another man. She never told me the<br />

actual reason for her departure. She<br />

just left. She left behind all my children<br />

with me . . . All my kids are at<br />

home doing nothing. Two <strong>of</strong> them are<br />

involved in taxis as conductors in<br />

Butterworth.'<br />

<strong>The</strong> outcome<br />

A number <strong>of</strong> former mineworkers leave<br />

their rural communities, out <strong>of</strong> a sense<br />

<strong>of</strong> frustration, and tramp once more into<br />

the towns and neighbouring cities:<br />

`Most <strong>of</strong> them come from places outside<br />

Umtata like Tsolo and Engcobo.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y come here to seek employment<br />

but they don't get jobs so they resort<br />

to living in Itipini [a large squatter at<br />

Umtata]. <strong>The</strong>y help people by carrying<br />

their parcels in town for a few<br />

cents or rands . . . Most <strong>of</strong> them were<br />

married but they lost their families<br />

because <strong>of</strong> poverty and unemployment.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y are well mentally but in<br />

reality you cannot be healthy when<br />

you don't have the means to sustain<br />

life.'<br />

But eventually they become too ill to<br />

earn a living by doing normal work. It is<br />

not unusual for retrenched mineworkers<br />

to arrive back home ignorant about their<br />

health status.<br />

`I am still young but I cannot make a<br />

living for myself. My health affects<br />

my working ability because I get tired<br />

very quickly. I find it very difficult to<br />

practise cultivation, especially digging.<br />

I am not so serious as I used to<br />

be. It is just the coughing. I am not<br />

strong any more. I only perform easy<br />

tasks like looking after the children<br />

[baby-sitting], cleaning the yard, looking<br />

after the chickens. I cannot carry<br />

out difficult work. When I try to, I get<br />

pains all over my body. My heartbeat<br />

is not well. It is difficult to climb steep<br />

slopes. If I go on foot, I must walk very<br />

slowly. If I walk fast my whole body<br />

begins to ache. I just cough, nothing<br />

else.<br />

`When I got back from the mines I<br />

managed to put up a fence at home. I<br />

ploughed. I had this pain and went to<br />

the clinic in Ross Mission where I was<br />

given tablets and medicine. I've been<br />

having this pain for six months. It<br />

shows itself up in my chest and I feel<br />

warm and then it pierces me on the<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 79


sides. Because <strong>of</strong> the pain I can't help<br />

others with piece jobs like putting up<br />

afenceasIusedtodoinMandela<br />

[Park].I'm unable to fence even a garden.I<br />

don't have the stamina to work.I<br />

cannot walk fast. I cannot climb uphill.<br />

I do cut trees though I take a very long<br />

time. I am able to go shopping. I'm<br />

very slow when walking. I have a hard<br />

time carrying out my duties in the family<br />

like paying fees and feeding the<br />

family . . . It's been a while since I<br />

have felt these pains. But normally I<br />

don't feel them every day. Due to<br />

``my'' sickness, I can't work hard like<br />

fixing a fence or even walking fast.'<br />

About 14 per cent <strong>of</strong> the formermineworkerswhovisitedtheUmtataBECbetween<br />

April and August 2000 indicated<br />

that they were given no reasons for their<br />

retrenchment. <strong>The</strong> reasons for ignorance<br />

vary but are usually one or more<br />

<strong>of</strong> the following: not being properly informed<br />

by the mine's medical personnel,<br />

not understanding the explanations provided<br />

and not experiencing symptoms <strong>of</strong><br />

illness at the time <strong>of</strong> retrenchment. <strong>The</strong><br />

ignorance about their health status has<br />

far-reaching consequences for the former<br />

miner, his family and the community.<br />

Upon his return he has to explain the<br />

reasons for his retrenchment to his family<br />

and members <strong>of</strong> the community ^ a<br />

family and a community who are themselves<br />

ignorant and superstitious. Ignorance<br />

about his illness <strong>of</strong>ten means that<br />

treatment is delayed. When symptoms<br />

appear or get worse, ignorance <strong>of</strong> his<br />

health status opens the former mineworker<br />

to exploitation by traditional healers.<br />

`I had a neighbour who used to work<br />

in the Rustenburg mines. He was sick<br />

andwenttothedoctorsandtothe<br />

herbalists for consultations. He also<br />

visited a sangoma. He received treatment<br />

but ended up dying . . . <strong>The</strong> former<br />

miners prefer sangoma and<br />

iqwira. <strong>The</strong>y believe the sangoma<br />

would give you muti that will protect<br />

you from illnesses and danger. I went<br />

to a sangoma in Johannesburg. <strong>The</strong>y<br />

cut you using a razor and rub in a bit<br />

<strong>of</strong> medicine made with ash. This muti<br />

is to protect you from getting illnesses.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y also have muti that<br />

cures long-term illnesses. But the<br />

sangoma cannot heal this disease<br />

caused by the mines.'<br />

When the former- miner finally comes to<br />

learn <strong>of</strong> his exact medical situation he<br />

may learn that it is terminal. Ignorance<br />

about the source <strong>of</strong> illness may lead to<br />

incorrect interpretations <strong>of</strong> death which<br />

may impact negatively on his family and<br />

the community.<br />

Many <strong>of</strong> these diseases or health conditions<br />

do not occur singularly.<strong>The</strong>y usually<br />

occur together with other diseases<br />

and states <strong>of</strong> impairment. Sometimes<br />

the ears, the eyes, the shoulders and,<br />

general, bodily pains are involved. Many<br />

<strong>of</strong> these mineworkers suffer from dypsnoea<br />

after prolonged bouts <strong>of</strong> coughing.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y get dizzy and weak, rendering<br />

them unable to perform jobs that require<br />

energy. Mxolisi complains that he is unable<br />

to walk, run, visit his friends, garden<br />

and that his voice is low due to coughing.<br />

Mntwanayo's history seems to have<br />

been one <strong>of</strong> accidents and disease as<br />

evident from the wheelchair he rides in,<br />

and his burnt and scaly hands. He begins<br />

by talking <strong>of</strong> his ears:<br />

`Before my ears were fine. It was at<br />

the mines that I began having problems<br />

with my ears. <strong>The</strong>re's dust<br />

trapped inside which blocks my<br />

80 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


hearing. Now starting from the last <strong>of</strong><br />

last month I can't hear properly . . . In<br />

the mines I was never sick. I was<br />

never sick before I went to the<br />

mines. When I got there the drilling<br />

machine injured me on the knee<br />

and I could see my kneecap (which<br />

has now been amputated). I was admitted<br />

to the hospital but I never received<br />

any money for that injury . . . I<br />

was not even aware that I was supposed<br />

to be compensated . . . During<br />

the first months when I got back<br />

from the mines I felt nothing wrong<br />

with my body. <strong>The</strong>n later on my<br />

shoulders began getting weak. So I<br />

would do exercises but not strenuous<br />

exercises . . . I also have a chest<br />

problem because there was a fire<br />

once and I was trapped in the<br />

flames. I was admitted into the mine<br />

hospital once more. <strong>The</strong>y gave me<br />

only the pills for treatment. It was<br />

not till later on that they diagnosed<br />

me with TB and admitted me to the<br />

hospital. <strong>The</strong>y said I was not eating<br />

healthy foods . . . Most <strong>of</strong> the time, I<br />

get tired even after having done<br />

nothing for the entire day. My chest<br />

is not well now; it gives me troubles.<br />

Now I do not work hard. <strong>The</strong> doctor<br />

instructed me not to work, but at<br />

least I can fence the garden [that is,<br />

from a wheelchair ]. Apart from gardening,<br />

I can stroll a bit [in the<br />

wheelchair] or rather stay at home.<br />

Sometimes I feel tired. This <strong>of</strong>ten<br />

takes place during the day. And<br />

sometimes I feel stressed out. My<br />

shoulders frequently get weak. <strong>The</strong>n<br />

I would exercise although I can't do<br />

strenuous exercises . . . Sometimes<br />

I cannot roll the wheels <strong>of</strong> this<br />

wheelchair . . . It is nice here at<br />

home. It is unlike in the mines because<br />

there one can die even without<br />

getting sick. Before I went to the<br />

mines, I was never sick. <strong>The</strong> best<br />

time <strong>of</strong> my life was when I was at<br />

home dependent on my parents.<br />

When I began working at the mines,<br />

I had no responsibilities.'<br />

Most <strong>of</strong> the former miners who visit the<br />

clinic come to regard living with disease<br />

as a normal part <strong>of</strong> their lives. In going<br />

out as full-bodied and physically strong<br />

men to build their homesteads and to<br />

find better lives back at home, they create<br />

a rift in their lives which they can no<br />

longer make whole. <strong>The</strong>ir presence at<br />

the clinic now is made necessary by financial<br />

demands; to help them carry on<br />

their `normal' lives. Sadly, <strong>of</strong>ten the reason<br />

for going to the clinic is the need to<br />

claim compensation rather than to obtain<br />

medical treatment.<br />

<strong>The</strong> mining environment is harsh and<br />

dangerous. People leave their rural environments<br />

in the hope <strong>of</strong> saving money<br />

and returning to a better life. Unfortunately,<br />

they open themselves to the hazardous<br />

consequences <strong>of</strong> mine work ^<br />

the high risk <strong>of</strong> injury and disease.When<br />

these workers return to their communities<br />

they face daunting problems relatedtopoverty,unemploymentand<br />

disease. Many <strong>of</strong> these problems are<br />

amplified by ignorance, especially ignorance<br />

concerning the nature <strong>of</strong> the diseases<br />

from which they suffer. <strong>The</strong><br />

mining houses could go a long way to<br />

help alleviate these problems by (a) ensuring<br />

that the miners who are boarded<br />

on the grounds <strong>of</strong> illness are financially<br />

justly compensated, (b) informing them<br />

<strong>of</strong> the nature <strong>of</strong> their illnesses and,<br />

(c) preparing them psychologically for<br />

the realities back home.<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 81


Acknowledgement<br />

<strong>The</strong> author wishes to thank the following<br />

people:<br />

± the former mineworkers who co-operated<br />

in the interviews.<br />

± the staff <strong>of</strong> the Occupational Health Unit,<br />

and Pr<strong>of</strong>essor Awotedu, for permitting me<br />

to carry out this study<br />

± Mr Ismael A. Chibikom, a graduate<br />

student <strong>of</strong> Anthropology, for helping in<br />

the process <strong>of</strong> interviewing the former<br />

mineworkers<br />

82 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


`Ecstasy' use: motivational factors and awareness<br />

<strong>of</strong> harmful effects<br />

Jenny Terblanche<br />

ABSTRACT Ecstasy or MDMA is a popular recreational drug which is thought to<br />

be relatively benign in comparison with previously popular drugs<br />

such as LSD. In its pill form it is very convenient to use, however, for<br />

regular users this habit is not without consequence. <strong>The</strong> research<br />

conducted for this study was an attempt to gauge Ecstasy users'<br />

level <strong>of</strong> awareness <strong>of</strong> the harmful side-effects <strong>of</strong> this drug, more<br />

specifically, to test the hypothesis that the lower the level <strong>of</strong><br />

awareness and the higher the motivation to take Ecstasy, the<br />

greater the consumption. A sample was drawn from newsgroups on<br />

the Internet attracting 12 survey participants. <strong>The</strong> results <strong>of</strong> the study<br />

revealed no relationship between the 2 independent variables, and<br />

no significant relation was found between these 2 independent<br />

variables and the amount <strong>of</strong> Ecstasy consumed. Overall, however,<br />

the results <strong>of</strong> this study have highlighted the ongoing need for<br />

awareness programmes to keep users informed <strong>of</strong> the potential risks.<br />

<strong>The</strong> research project was based on the<br />

field <strong>of</strong> substance abuse, in particular<br />

MDMA, which is known as Ecstasy or<br />

E. This drug was first discovered in<br />

1912 and was initially patented as an<br />

appetite suppressant. It is now used as<br />

a recreational drug and its popularity<br />

has increased immensely since the<br />

1980s. Ecstasy is an amphetaminebased<br />

stimulant with hallucinogenic<br />

properties which induces an acute increase<br />

in levels <strong>of</strong> the neurotransmitters,<br />

serotonin and dopamine (Wareing,<br />

Fisk & Murphy, 2000:181). In lay terms<br />

this translates as feelings <strong>of</strong> euphoria<br />

with stimulant effects and a feeling <strong>of</strong><br />

closeness towards others (Boot,<br />

McGregor & Hall, 2000:1 818).<br />

Ecstasy is widely used by adolescents<br />

(some as young as 13 years) as a dance<br />

drug and is usually taken at nightclubs or<br />

parties known as Raves. Asurvey<strong>of</strong><br />

schoolchildren across the whole <strong>of</strong> England<br />

found that 25% <strong>of</strong> 14-year-olds had<br />

tried Ecstasy at least once (Saunders,<br />

1993:41).<br />

<strong>The</strong> motivation for consuming Ecstasy<br />

obviously varies from individual to individual.<br />

However, there is evidence <strong>of</strong> certain<br />

common incentives such as: the<br />

facilitation <strong>of</strong> social intercourse, anticipated<br />

weight loss, freedom from sexual<br />

pressure, escape from social constraints<br />

and the fulfilment <strong>of</strong> spiritual needs.<br />

Some people have described their experiences<br />

<strong>of</strong> the drug as a mind-expansion<br />

exercise or as a pr<strong>of</strong>ound, lifechanging<br />

event. Clearly, there are many<br />

Ecstasy users who are convinced that<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 83<br />

appendix appendix appendix appendix appendix appendix appendix appendix appendix appendix appendix


this substance has had a beneficial effect<br />

on their lives.<br />

<strong>The</strong> common perception among the<br />

youth is that Ecstasy is a safe drug that<br />

has none <strong>of</strong> the unfortunate side-effects<br />

<strong>of</strong> some <strong>of</strong> the previously popular drugs<br />

such as LSD or cocaine. However, a<br />

study <strong>of</strong> previous research in this field indicates<br />

that this notion is incorrect.<br />

Although Ecstasy is not addictive, there<br />

is an indication <strong>of</strong> psychological dependence<br />

as well as tolerance leading to<br />

ever-increasing doses. Moreover, the<br />

findings on the toxic effects <strong>of</strong> Ecstasy<br />

are, to date, contradictory and inconclusive.<br />

However, it would appear that large<br />

doses over a period <strong>of</strong> time, in most<br />

cases, result in neurotoxicity without<br />

any subjectively experienced symptoms.<br />

In recent years there have been at least<br />

two (highly publicised) reports <strong>of</strong> deaths<br />

related to the use <strong>of</strong> this drug. However,<br />

it should be noted that confounding factors<br />

such as pre-existing health problems,<br />

the compound effect <strong>of</strong><br />

additional drug intake, heat exhaustion<br />

and dehydration were instrumental in<br />

these deaths.<br />

Yet, numerous studies have shown that<br />

there are, in fact, harmful side-effects<br />

associated with the use <strong>of</strong> Ecstasy. Janseninanarticledealingwithmental<br />

health problems associated with the<br />

use<strong>of</strong>Ecstasy,listsanumber<strong>of</strong>problems<br />

that have been reported, namely<br />

confusion, anxiety, amnesia, panic attacks,<br />

depression, mania, suicide, insomnia,<br />

nightmares, depersonalisation,<br />

de-realisation, hallucinations, flashbacks,<br />

post-traumatic stress disorder,<br />

post-hallucinogen perception disorder,<br />

paranoia and other persistent false beliefs,<br />

other types <strong>of</strong> psychosis, automatic<br />

or repetitive behaviour, dissociative disorders,<br />

irritability and aggression with<br />

mood swings, tolerance, dependence<br />

and increased risk <strong>of</strong> problems with<br />

other drugs (Jansen,1997:135).<br />

THE PRESENT STUDY<br />

<strong>The</strong> decision to conduct a study in this<br />

field was motivated by the perusal <strong>of</strong> research<br />

abstracts <strong>of</strong> psychology students<br />

at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> (Unisa)<br />

(Unisa, 2001). In one <strong>of</strong> the studies, the<br />

need for further research on user's<br />

awareness <strong>of</strong> the harmful effects <strong>of</strong> this<br />

drug was indicated. A subsequent extensive<br />

survey <strong>of</strong> the relevant literature<br />

supported the claim that more studies<br />

in this area were needed.<br />

In an article in the Journal <strong>of</strong> the<br />

American Medical Association the following<br />

quote appears: Ecstasy is seen<br />

as relatively benign, said Robert Carlson,<br />

PhD, an addiction researcher at<br />

Wright State <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Medicine in<br />

Dayton, Ohio. `[Prevention] messages<br />

are not getting across, and something<br />

needs to be done.' (Vastag, 2001). Widespread<br />

scepticism with regard to government<br />

studies remains, and a general<br />

perception that Ecstasy is safer than<br />

other drugs, including alcohol and tobacco.<br />

Furthermore, there is a willingness<br />

to take calculated risks. It was<br />

noted that `Ecstasy users make clear<br />

decisions, despite the known or unknown<br />

risks, that the benefits outweigh<br />

those risks.' (Vastag, 2001).<br />

It has been acknowledged that effective<br />

campaigns can only take place once researchers<br />

establish why people take Ecstasy.<br />

A social approach, as opposed to<br />

a clinical approach, to understanding<br />

users is recommended. After extensive<br />

observation and interviews with Ecstasy<br />

84 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


users, researchers have come to the<br />

conclusion that each individual or group<br />

is driven by unique motivations.<br />

Thus, the objective <strong>of</strong> this research project<br />

was to gauge the level <strong>of</strong> awareness<br />

among Ecstasy users regarding the<br />

harmful side-effects and to gain insight<br />

into the motivational factors that lead to<br />

the recreational use <strong>of</strong> this drug.<strong>The</strong> primary<br />

research question was: `Is there a<br />

relationship between the amount <strong>of</strong> Ecstasy<br />

consumed and the level <strong>of</strong> awareness<br />

<strong>of</strong> harmful side-effects? Secondary<br />

questions were:`What are the motivating<br />

factors for taking this drug and how do<br />

these factors relate to both the level <strong>of</strong><br />

awareness and consumption?' <strong>The</strong> following<br />

hypothesis was investigated<br />

based on these questions: `<strong>The</strong> amount<br />

<strong>of</strong> Ecstasy consumed by users increases<br />

due to strong motivational factors<br />

and a low level <strong>of</strong> awareness <strong>of</strong> the<br />

harmful side-effects'.<br />

<strong>The</strong> following sections explain how the<br />

hypothesis was put to the test.<strong>The</strong> measuring<br />

instrument, sampling procedure<br />

and the method <strong>of</strong> analysis are described,<br />

followed by the presentation<br />

and discussion <strong>of</strong> the results.<br />

RESEARCH DESIGN AND<br />

PROCEDURE<br />

<strong>The</strong> project was conceptualised as an<br />

exploratory pilot study to test the assumption<br />

that users are unaware <strong>of</strong> the<br />

harmful side-effects <strong>of</strong> Ecstasy. <strong>The</strong><br />

study was designed to measure and<br />

analyse the variables `awareness', `motivational<br />

factors' and `consumption'.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se variables were operationalised in<br />

terms <strong>of</strong> more specific concepts or constructs.<br />

A questionnaire was compiled to<br />

enable respondents to provide information<br />

about their Ecstasy consumption, to<br />

self-rate their motivation for taking Ecstasy,<br />

and to test knowledge <strong>of</strong> the<br />

harmful side-effects <strong>of</strong> using Ecstasy.<br />

Analysis <strong>of</strong> variance was used to determine<br />

the effect <strong>of</strong> motivation and knowledge<br />

<strong>of</strong> harmful effects on the<br />

dependent variable, Ecstasy consumption.<br />

Data Collection: <strong>The</strong> questionnaire was<br />

posted onto several drug-related news<br />

groups on the Internet, for example, `alt.-<br />

drugs.abuse, and `alt.drugs.ecstasy'.<br />

Participants were requested to e-mail<br />

the completed questionnaire to the researcher.<br />

As a data-collection instrument,<br />

the questionnaire was designed<br />

to measure a number <strong>of</strong> different factors.<br />

<strong>The</strong> questionnaire: <strong>The</strong> questionnaire<br />

(see Appendix A) featured constructs<br />

deemed relevant, based on Jansen's<br />

findings (Jansen, 1997). Information<br />

about Ecstasy consumption was collected<br />

in terms <strong>of</strong> (a) actual dose (per<br />

day; per week; per fortnight; per<br />

month or per year), and (b) desired<br />

dose (per day; per week; per fortnight;<br />

per month or per year). Knowledge <strong>of</strong><br />

the discrepancy between the actual<br />

dose and the desired dose was required<br />

for analytic purposes. <strong>The</strong>re<br />

was the possibility that some users<br />

might wish to consume larger doses if<br />

they had the freedom to do so, or if<br />

theycouldaffordit.<strong>The</strong>motivationto<br />

take Ecstasy was operationalised in<br />

terms <strong>of</strong> peer pressure, experimentation,<br />

increased confidence, weight<br />

loss, excitement or fun, spiritual awakening,<br />

sociability, intimacy, sexual<br />

pleasure, increased energy, prolonged<br />

periods <strong>of</strong> wakefulness and relaxation.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se concepts are clear and unambiguous,<br />

and were selected on the<br />

strength <strong>of</strong> information obtained from<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 85


a survey <strong>of</strong> relevant literature, that is,<br />

from articles and from personal accounts<br />

on the Internet sites, `www.ecstasy.org',<br />

and `www.erowid.com'.<br />

Awareness <strong>of</strong> side-effects was operationalised<br />

in terms <strong>of</strong> awareness <strong>of</strong><br />

paranoia, neurotoxicity, panic attacks,<br />

flashbacks, psychosis, hallucinations,<br />

dehydration, loss <strong>of</strong> memory, confusion,<br />

depression, mania, suicidal tendencies,<br />

heart palpitations, insomnia,<br />

nightmares, irritability, aggression,<br />

mood swings, tolerance, physical addiction<br />

and inability to concentrate.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se symptoms were selected from<br />

an article written by Jansen (1997:135).<br />

However, most <strong>of</strong> these symptoms are<br />

known side-effects <strong>of</strong> Ecstasy use and<br />

have been indicated in several articles<br />

and newspapers. Phenomena that are,<br />

in fact, not side-effects <strong>of</strong> long-term<br />

Ecstasy, such as heart palpitations<br />

and physical addiction, were included<br />

in the questionnaire to get an indication<br />

<strong>of</strong> the consistency and quality <strong>of</strong><br />

respondents' answers. For example,<br />

dehydration was included to see<br />

whether respondents could distinguish<br />

between effects primarily<br />

caused by using Ecstasy, and effects<br />

caused by secondary circumstances.<br />

Dehydration is not caused by Ecstasy,<br />

but by prolonged periods <strong>of</strong> dancing<br />

without sufficient fluid intake. It was<br />

also necessary to collect information<br />

on additional drugs used in conjunction<br />

with Ecstasy to establish whether<br />

the answers to questions on the<br />

awareness <strong>of</strong> harmful side-effects<br />

were not based on subjectively experienced<br />

side-effects resulting from<br />

these other drugs. Thus the impact<br />

that this confounding variable may<br />

have had on the survey results could<br />

be determined.<br />

<strong>The</strong> questionnaire was considered appropriate<br />

for the purposes <strong>of</strong> the survey<br />

as it represented the relevant<br />

variables, and also attempted to account<br />

for possible nuisance variables.<br />

However, it should be noted that the<br />

side-effects <strong>of</strong> Ecstasy as indicated<br />

by Jansen (1997) are true for regular,<br />

long-term users <strong>of</strong> Ecstasy and are not<br />

strictly applicable to the occasional,<br />

short term user. This factor could have<br />

affectedthereliabilityandvalidity<strong>of</strong><br />

the results as almost half <strong>of</strong> the respondents<br />

consumed less than ten tablets<br />

a year and could therefore not be<br />

classified as `regular' users. In the present<br />

study the measurement was not<br />

intended to gauge the respondents'<br />

subjective experience <strong>of</strong> side-effects<br />

but rather to measure their knowledge<br />

<strong>of</strong> known side-effects. Still, it would<br />

have been useful to gather data on<br />

theperiod<strong>of</strong>timetherespondents<br />

had been using Ecstasy. Or, alternatively,<br />

the implicit assumption that the<br />

side-effects featured on the questionnaire<br />

related to long-term users in addition<br />

to regular users should have<br />

been made explicit to the respondents.<br />

Ethical considerations: Respondents<br />

were informed <strong>of</strong> the purpose <strong>of</strong> the<br />

survey, the time it would take to complete<br />

the questionnaire as well as the<br />

qualifications <strong>of</strong> the researcher by<br />

means <strong>of</strong> an introductory paragraph<br />

to the questionnaire. Respondents<br />

were also assured <strong>of</strong> confidentiality <strong>of</strong><br />

the data received. It was anticipated<br />

that some respondents would be reluctant<br />

to divulge certain information<br />

for fear <strong>of</strong> legal repercussions. In<br />

many countries the recreational use<br />

<strong>of</strong> drugs is illegal. However, participation<br />

was entirely voluntary, there was<br />

no physical presence <strong>of</strong> the inter-<br />

86 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


viewer to pressurise respondents and<br />

respondents were able to withdraw at<br />

any time without anyone ever knowing.<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore, the privacy <strong>of</strong> participants<br />

was not an issue due to the<br />

method <strong>of</strong> data collection, that is, privacy<br />

was ensured by the anonymity <strong>of</strong><br />

the Internet. Although participants<br />

were requested to e-mail their completed<br />

questionnaires, they were not<br />

obliged to furnish the researcher with<br />

their names or any other personal information.<br />

Furthermore, respondents<br />

were assured that apart from the optional<br />

provision <strong>of</strong> feedback, (i. e. the<br />

results <strong>of</strong> the study) they would not<br />

be subjected to any further correspondence<br />

nor would their e-mail addressesbeusedorpassedontoa<br />

third party for any other purposes.<br />

DATA ANALYSIS<br />

Descriptive data were compiled for relevant<br />

variables and represented visually<br />

in the form <strong>of</strong> tables and bar<br />

diagrams. <strong>The</strong> level <strong>of</strong> awareness was<br />

calculated as the number <strong>of</strong> correct<br />

answers. Motivational level was determined<br />

as the number <strong>of</strong> motivational<br />

factors selected. In the descriptive<br />

graphs these values were expressed<br />

as percentage values. <strong>The</strong> level <strong>of</strong> Ecstasy<br />

consumption was indicated by<br />

the number <strong>of</strong> tablets used a year. A<br />

two-way analysis <strong>of</strong> variance was conducted<br />

to test the hypothesis that Ecstasy<br />

consumption is a function <strong>of</strong><br />

awareness and motivation. Vasser-<br />

Stats, a statistical calculation tool<br />

available on the World Wide Web site<br />

(http//.www.faculty.vassar.edu-lowryanova<br />

2x2.html) was used to perform<br />

the necessary calculations.<br />

RESULTS<br />

A total <strong>of</strong> 12 subjects from various<br />

parts <strong>of</strong> the world took part in the survey.<br />

<strong>The</strong> sample is described inTable 1.<br />

Two <strong>of</strong> the participants were Australians,<br />

2 Americans and 3 <strong>of</strong> unknown<br />

nationality. <strong>The</strong> remaining participants<br />

were Swedish, Dutch, Swiss, Scottish<br />

and Canadian. Thus the sample cannot<br />

be said to represent any particular<br />

geographically defined culture. Rather,<br />

the sample may be described as representing<br />

a `global' Rave/drug culture.<br />

Furthermore, since these<br />

participants were selected from an Internet<br />

source it can also be assumed<br />

that the sample was drawn from are a<br />

broader `cyber' community.<br />

Unfortunately, the response to the survey<br />

was low. This could possibly be attributed<br />

to the fact that potential<br />

participants were put <strong>of</strong>f by a fear <strong>of</strong><br />

being traced by authorities. <strong>The</strong> sample<br />

was therefore too small to facilitate any<br />

real, meaningful or significant inferences.<br />

On the whole, it would appear<br />

that this survey catered to the relatively<br />

well-informed, `seasoned' or `sophisticated'<br />

drug users who were keen participants,<br />

readily supplying additional<br />

information and who gleaned much <strong>of</strong><br />

their information about Ecstasy from<br />

the Internet. At face value, these respondents<br />

appeared fairly aware <strong>of</strong> the<br />

risks, took precautions to counteract<br />

some <strong>of</strong> these side-effects and were<br />

convinced that the benefits <strong>of</strong> taking<br />

Ecstasy far outweighed the risks.<br />

<strong>The</strong> age <strong>of</strong> participants ranged from 17<br />

to 52. <strong>The</strong> average age (mean) <strong>of</strong> respondents<br />

was 29.66 years. Eleven <strong>of</strong><br />

the twelve respondents were male.<br />

Ecstasy consumption: <strong>The</strong> survey re-<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 87


TABLE 1: DEMOGRAPHICS AND DRUG CONSUMPTION<br />

Respon- Age Gender Nationality Approximate Desired dose Other<br />

dents dose per year per year drugs<br />

(tablets) (tablets)<br />

1 18 M Swedish 5 5 Ng<br />

2 33 M Dutch 8 6 Ng<br />

3 25 M American 3 3 Ng<br />

4 24 M Australian 84 84 Y<br />

5 17 M Unknown 240 240 Y<br />

6 20 M Swiss 120 30 Ng<br />

7 45 M Australian 130 130 Y<br />

8 21 M Unknown 120 120 Y<br />

9 29 M Unknown 6 12 N<br />

10 39 M Scottish 50 50 Ng<br />

11 52 M American 2.5 2.5 Y<br />

12 33 F Canadian 30 30 Y<br />

Key: M = male, F= female; Y = yes; N = no; Ng = negligible<br />

sults demonstrated differences in Ecstasy<br />

consumption related to the age<br />

<strong>of</strong> respondents. <strong>The</strong> average dose <strong>of</strong><br />

Ecstasy per year for respondents aged<br />

25 years and under totalled 95.33 tablets,<br />

whereas the average dose <strong>of</strong> Ecstasy<br />

per year for respondents aged<br />

older than 25 years amounted to 39 tablets.<br />

Although a substantial negative<br />

correlation (r = ^ 0,35) was found between<br />

age and consumption, the sample<br />

was too small to prove the<br />

significance <strong>of</strong> this correlation. With regard<br />

to the discrepancy between actual<br />

consumption and desired dose per<br />

year, most respondents reported that<br />

they were consuming as much Ecstasy<br />

as they wanted to. In only one instance<br />

a user expressed the desire to consume<br />

more (twice) than the amount he<br />

currently consumed whilst two <strong>of</strong> the<br />

respondents would have preferred to<br />

use less than they currently consumed.<br />

It seems that in most instances the level<br />

<strong>of</strong> consumption <strong>of</strong> Ecstasy was directly<br />

related to the level <strong>of</strong> consumption <strong>of</strong><br />

various other drugs. Of the five respondents<br />

who consumed less than 10 Ecstasy<br />

tablets a year only one took a fair<br />

amount <strong>of</strong> other types <strong>of</strong> drugs. Of the<br />

seven respondents who consumed 30<br />

or more tablets a year, two respondents<br />

consumed other drugs in moderation<br />

whereas the remaining five respondents<br />

reportedconsumingasubstantial<br />

amount <strong>of</strong> other drugs in addition to Ecstasy.<br />

Motivating factors: Tables 2 and 3<br />

contain information about motivational<br />

88 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


factors. <strong>The</strong> three main reasons given<br />

by respondents for consuming Ecstasy<br />

were: fun and excitement (10 out <strong>of</strong> 12<br />

respondents), experimentation (10 out<br />

<strong>of</strong> 12 respondents) and to feel good<br />

(11 out <strong>of</strong> 12 respondents). This information<br />

is summarised in Figure 1. <strong>The</strong><br />

only female respondent cited `sexual<br />

pleasure' as a motivation for taking Ecstasy.<br />

Prior to the commencement <strong>of</strong><br />

this study, the researcher made the<br />

assumption that women, more so than<br />

men, would take Ecstasy as a means<br />

<strong>of</strong> losing weight ^ not as a primary<br />

motivation, but as an added incentive.<br />

However, this assumption could not<br />

be verified as there was only one female<br />

respondent and weight loss was<br />

not indicated as a motivating factor. It<br />

was also noted that respondents were<br />

unlikely to admit to taking Ecstasy for<br />

reasons such as boosting <strong>of</strong> confidence,<br />

weight loss and sexual pleasure.<br />

However, if one looks at the<br />

other reasons given by respondents<br />

such as: to feel closer to others, intimacy<br />

and to feel good, it could be deduced<br />

that more users are taking<br />

Ecstasy to boost confidence than they<br />

would readily admit to.<br />

<strong>The</strong> motivational index showed motivational<br />

levels ranging from 21% to 57%.<br />

<strong>The</strong> motivation level index was probably<br />

not a valid index <strong>of</strong> the real level <strong>of</strong> motivation<br />

as some <strong>of</strong> the factors were not<br />

rated by any <strong>of</strong> the participants.<br />

Level <strong>of</strong> awareness: <strong>The</strong> findings <strong>of</strong> the<br />

study regarding the level <strong>of</strong> awareness<br />

(seeTables4and5,andFigure2)were<br />

as follows: <strong>The</strong> level <strong>of</strong> awareness <strong>of</strong> all<br />

participants was generally low with an<br />

average index <strong>of</strong> 38%. <strong>The</strong>re were no<br />

significant differences amongst age<br />

groups with regard to this variable. Respondents<br />

below 25 years <strong>of</strong> age<br />

TABLE 2: MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS IN<br />

THE USE OF ECSTACY<br />

Motivational factor Frequency<br />

Lose weight 0<br />

Confidence 1<br />

Fun and excitement 10<br />

Spiritual awareness 5<br />

Closer to others 8<br />

Peer pressure 0<br />

Relax 4<br />

Experiment 10<br />

Extra energy 2<br />

Sexual pleasure 1<br />

Sociable 6<br />

Intimacy 6<br />

Stay awake 2<br />

Feel good 11<br />

TABLE 3: MOTIVATIONAL LEVELS<br />

Subject<br />

Motivation<br />

N <strong>of</strong> factors %<br />

1 4 29<br />

2 5 36<br />

3 5 36<br />

4 3 21<br />

5 3 21<br />

6 8 57<br />

7 5 36<br />

8 6 43<br />

9 4 29<br />

10 8 57<br />

11 8 57<br />

12 7 50<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 89


12<br />

Number <strong>of</strong><br />

respondents<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

Weigh Fun and Close to Relax Extra Sociable Stay awake<br />

Loss Excitement others motivation energy<br />

FIGURE 1: MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS<br />

Paranoia Hallucinations Confusion Irritability Tolerance Flashbacks<br />

FIGURE 2: LEVEL OFAWARENESS OF SIDE-EFFECTS<br />

SIDE EFFECTS<br />

90 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


TABLE 4: AWARENESS FACTORS IN<br />

THE USE OF ECSTACY<br />

Awareness factor Frequency<br />

Paranoia 4<br />

Panic 3<br />

Insomnia 6<br />

Hallucinations 4<br />

Neurotoxicity 7<br />

Memory loss 8<br />

Confusion 7<br />

Depression 6<br />

Psychosis 3<br />

Irritibility 6<br />

Aggression 2<br />

Mood swings 7<br />

Tolerance 6<br />

Concentration 8<br />

Mania 1<br />

Flashbacks 1<br />

Suicidal tendencies 2<br />

Nightmares 1<br />

scored an average <strong>of</strong> 44% whilst respondents<br />

over 25 years scored an<br />

average <strong>of</strong> 32%. However, there was a<br />

considerable range <strong>of</strong> awareness within<br />

the group, ranging from 0% to 78%.<br />

Analysis <strong>of</strong> variance: An analysis <strong>of</strong><br />

variance revealed that there was a<br />

0.001673 probability that the independent<br />

variables or factors affected the<br />

dependent variable (level <strong>of</strong> consumption)<br />

to any significant degree. A simple<br />

exploration <strong>of</strong> the intercorrelations<br />

among these variables revealed no significant<br />

correlations (see Table 6). <strong>The</strong><br />

negative correlation between motivation<br />

and dosage indicates a very unexpected<br />

result, but it is risky to interpret<br />

this result as a possible trend, because<br />

the sample was small and the index <strong>of</strong><br />

motivation level may not have been a<br />

good index since some <strong>of</strong> the motivational<br />

factors were not selected by any<br />

participant. Figures 4 and 5 depict the<br />

results graphically.<br />

General: <strong>The</strong> popular choice <strong>of</strong> venue<br />

for the consumption <strong>of</strong> Ecstasy was<br />

fairly predictable. Drugs are usually consumed<br />

at parties or nightclubs or when<br />

people go out to enjoy themselves. All<br />

12 respondents took Ecstasy at parties<br />

whilst 8 respondents also took Ecstasy<br />

at nightclubs and an equal number <strong>of</strong> respondents<br />

took Ecstasy at home. <strong>The</strong><br />

primary source <strong>of</strong> information on Ecstasy<br />

was the Internet. All 12 participants<br />

made use <strong>of</strong> this source whilst<br />

TABLE 5: AWARENESS LEVELS OF<br />

SIDE-EFFECTS<br />

Subject<br />

Awareness<br />

N <strong>of</strong> factors %<br />

1 14 78<br />

2 3 17<br />

3 0 0<br />

4 1 6<br />

5 5 28<br />

6 8 44<br />

7 7 39<br />

8 9 50<br />

9 14 78<br />

10 13 72<br />

11 4 22<br />

12 3 17<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 91


TABLE 6: INTERCORRELATIONS AMONG MOTIVATION, AWARENESS AND<br />

DOSAGE IN ECSTASY USAGE<br />

Motivation Awareness Dosage<br />

Motivation 1 0,09 ^0.17<br />

Awareness 1,00 ^0.06<br />

Dosage 1<br />

Percentage<br />

100<br />

90<br />

80<br />

70<br />

60<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

.<br />

.<br />

.<br />

.<br />

.<br />

.<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12<br />

Respondents<br />

Level <strong>of</strong> Awareness<br />

. Motivational Factors<br />

.<br />

.<br />

.<br />

.<br />

.<br />

.<br />

10<br />

9<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

Score<br />

FIGURE 3: LEVEL OFAWARENESS AND MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS<br />

FIGURE 4: AWARENESS AND CONSUMPTION<br />

92 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


FIGURE 5: MOTIVATION AND CONSUMPTION<br />

FIGURE 6: SOURCES OF INFORMATION ON ECSTASY<br />

the second and third most popular<br />

sources <strong>of</strong> information were books and<br />

magazines. (Refer to Figure 6.)<br />

An interesting observation was noted<br />

with regard to the side-effects <strong>of</strong> Ecstasy.<br />

Over half <strong>of</strong> the respondents indicated<br />

that `sweaty palms' and<br />

`palpitations' were also side-effects <strong>of</strong><br />

the regular use <strong>of</strong> Ecstasy. Owing to the<br />

large proportion <strong>of</strong> participants indicating<br />

these symptoms, the researcher<br />

could not use them for quality control<br />

purposes. Whether these reports were<br />

based on subjectively experienced<br />

symptomsorbasedonknowledge<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 93


gained elsewhere has yet to be determined.<br />

However, the two symptoms that<br />

were included in the questionnaire for<br />

quality control purposes are not `known'<br />

symptoms <strong>of</strong> Ecstasy and, to the researcher's<br />

knowledge, have not been<br />

documented as such.<br />

DISCUSSION<br />

Some limitations with regard to the sampling<br />

procedure <strong>of</strong> this research project<br />

were identified. Firstly, the use <strong>of</strong> the Internet<br />

to collect data amounted to haphazard<br />

non-probability. However, this<br />

type <strong>of</strong> sampling was inevitable as posting<br />

a request on news groups relies solely<br />

on subject interest. It is possible that<br />

the people who were attracted to participate<br />

could have been prejudiced and<br />

were out specifically to prove a point,<br />

such as that Ecstasy is a harmless drug.<br />

Secondly, the researcher could not determine<br />

the sample size, as the response<br />

to the survey was, by nature,<br />

uncertain. Finally, it is noted that only respondents<br />

with access to the Internet<br />

and e-mail facilities were able to participate<br />

in this study. It is assumed therefore<br />

that these participants were from a more<br />

advantaged socio-economic group with<br />

better access to information sources.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se factors could have had a significant<br />

impact on the reliability and validity<br />

<strong>of</strong> the survey results. <strong>The</strong> results <strong>of</strong> the<br />

survey could thus not be applied to the<br />

population <strong>of</strong> Ecstasy users per se, but<br />

rather to a small, select group <strong>of</strong> users.<br />

Alternative sampling procedures would<br />

probably have yielded more significant<br />

results.<br />

Further limitations relating to the measuring<br />

instrument, more specifically, the<br />

design <strong>of</strong> the questionnaire were noted.<br />

In the first instance, the respondents<br />

were not interviewed in person. Thus,<br />

particular information provided such as<br />

age or gender could not be verified. <strong>The</strong><br />

study therefore relied heavily on respondents<br />

completing the questionnaire honestly<br />

and responsibly, and inferences<br />

based on age or gender were essentially<br />

tentative. Secondly, as already<br />

mentioned, there may have been some<br />

misunderstanding regarding the term<br />

`regular' Ecstasy users. Almost half <strong>of</strong><br />

the respondents consumed less than<br />

tentabletsayearandcouldtherefore<br />

not be described as regular users. <strong>The</strong><br />

questions pertaining to the harmful<br />

side-effects were relevant for long-term<br />

users and the answers may therefore<br />

have been distorted.<br />

Finally, the decision to use the Internet<br />

as a data source was based on the researcher's<br />

personal situation which limited<br />

the scope <strong>of</strong> the project. Further<br />

research using the same questionnaire<br />

could be conducted at busy nightclubs<br />

or at other places where it would be possible<br />

to get participation from a young<br />

population <strong>of</strong> Ecstasy users.<br />

CONCLUSIONS<br />

It was anticipated that the research results<br />

would indicate a high level <strong>of</strong> motivation<br />

and a low level <strong>of</strong> awareness<br />

among regular users <strong>of</strong> Ecstasy. No evidence<br />

was found to support the hypotheses.<br />

Since Ecstasy is not nearly as `mind-altering'<br />

or intensive in its effects on the<br />

human mind as LSD for example, its impact<br />

on the user is underestimated.<br />

Furthermore, Ecstasy is easy to use ^<br />

ready made in a convenient pill form.<br />

People are accustomed to taking tablets,<br />

whereas they are not used to snorting or<br />

94 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


injecting themselves. Thus there is a low<br />

inhibition threshold for experimentation.<br />

Also, in a culture where young people<br />

especially are expected give hundred<br />

per cent performance hundred per cent<br />

<strong>of</strong> the time, Ecstasy is <strong>of</strong>ten used to cope<br />

with the pressure. This can lead to psychological<br />

dependence and as tolerance<br />

leading to ever-increasing<br />

consumption. However, if the primary<br />

motivations given by respondent for taking<br />

Ecstasy are revisited, that is, `to feel<br />

good'; for `fun and excitement'; `to experiment',<br />

and `to feel closer to others,<br />

one can understand why Saunders<br />

(1997) blames society for this phenomenon.<br />

In a paper entitled `Recreational<br />

use <strong>of</strong> Ecstasy: the drug user's perspective'<br />

presented to the British Psychological<br />

Society's annual conference in<br />

Edinburgh he poses the question: `Why<br />

does our society impose restraints on<br />

such apparently healthy behaviour to<br />

the extent that a drug is required to overcome<br />

them?' (Saunders,1997:3).<br />

Given the extent <strong>of</strong> Ecstasy consumption<br />

and the apparent lack <strong>of</strong> knowledge<br />

regarding the harmful effects <strong>of</strong> the<br />

drug, further studies <strong>of</strong> this nature ought<br />

to be encouraged. This is especially relevant<br />

in the <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong>n context as<br />

very little research has been conducted<br />

in this field. Research <strong>of</strong> this kind facilitates<br />

the improvement <strong>of</strong> health education<br />

for users and drug therapists alike<br />

which, in turn, could lead to better primary<br />

prevention programmes through<br />

increased awareness amongst the general<br />

population including parents and<br />

teachers. Finally, at the very least, this<br />

study contributes to the debate on the<br />

harmful effects <strong>of</strong> Ecstasy which introduces<br />

additional issues and/or questions<br />

for further exploration and<br />

research.<br />

REFERENCES<br />

Boot, B. P., McGregor, I. and Hall, W. 2000. MDMA (Ecstasy) neurotoxicity: assessing and<br />

communicating the risks. Lancet, 355, 1 818±1 821.<br />

Jansen, K. L. R. 1997. Mental health problems associated with the use <strong>of</strong> Ecstasy (MDMA),<br />

and their treatment. In J. Holland, ed., Ecstasy: the complete guide: A comprehensive<br />

look at the risks and benefits <strong>of</strong> MDMA, (132±157). Vermont: Park Street Press.<br />

Saunders, N. 1993. E for Ecstasy. London: Neal's Yard.<br />

Saunders, N. 1997. Recreational use <strong>of</strong> ecstasy: the drug user's perspective. Paper<br />

presented to the British Psychological Society's annual conference at Edinburgh.<br />

Unisa. 2001. Tutorial Letter 105 for PSY471±S.<br />

Vastag, B. Ecstasy experts want realistic messages. Journal <strong>of</strong> the American Medical<br />

Association, vol. 286, no. 7. Retrieved August 12, 2001 from the World Wide Web:<br />

http://jama.ama-assn.org/issues/v286n7/ffull/jmn0815-1.html<br />

Wareing, M., Fisk, J. E. and Murphy P. N. 2000. Working memory deficits in current and<br />

previous users <strong>of</strong> MDMA (`Ecstasy'). British Journal <strong>of</strong> Psychology, 91, 181±8.<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 95


APPENDIX A<br />

Questionnaire on the use <strong>of</strong> Ecstasy and<br />

awareness<br />

<strong>of</strong> side-effects<br />

If you are a regular user <strong>of</strong> Ecstasy I would appreciate it if you could take the time to<br />

participate in this survey. I am an Honours Psychology student at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> and the reason I am conducting this survey is that a number <strong>of</strong> researchers<br />

have indicated that many Ecstasy users are unaware <strong>of</strong> the harmful sideeffects<br />

<strong>of</strong> this drug. I would like to establish your motivations for taking Ecstasy as<br />

well as to determine your level <strong>of</strong> awareness <strong>of</strong> the risks or harmful side-effects.<br />

This questionnaire should only take you about ten minutes to complete. Please answer<br />

all questions.<br />

General<br />

Age: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Gender: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Nationality: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

(<strong>The</strong> above information is optional and is not necessary for the purposes <strong>of</strong> this<br />

study)<br />

Consumption<br />

How much Ecstasy do you consume per<br />

Day: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Week: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Fortnight: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Month: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Year: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

How much Ecstasy would you LIKE to consume per<br />

Day: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Week: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

article article a<br />

Fortnight: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Month: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

96 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


Year: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Do you take any other drugs either together with Ecstasy or at other times?<br />

(Answer YES or NO): .....................................<br />

If so, please specify which drugs (including alcohol) and approximate amount consumed<br />

per week:<br />

................................................................................................................................................<br />

................................................................................................................................................<br />

What started you <strong>of</strong>f taking Ecstasy? Was it for any/some/all <strong>of</strong> the reasons given<br />

below ^ (Please answer YES or NO next to the following):<br />

To lose weight: ....................................................................................................................<br />

Gain confidence: ................................................................................................................<br />

Fun and excitement: ..........................................................................................................<br />

To attain spiritual awareness: ...........................................................................................<br />

To feel closer to other people/friends: .............................................................................<br />

Peer pressure: ....................................................................................................................<br />

To relax: ...............................................................................................................................<br />

To experiment: ....................................................................................................................<br />

For extra energy: ................................................................................................................<br />

Sexual pleasure: .................................................................................................................<br />

To be more sociable: ..........................................................................................................<br />

Intimacy: ..............................................................................................................................<br />

To stay awake: ....................................................................................................................<br />

To feel good: .......................................................................................................................<br />

Where do you take Ecstasy?<br />

(Please answer YES or NO next to any <strong>of</strong> the following):<br />

Home: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Work: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

School: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Nightclubs: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 97


Parties: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Spiritual gatherings: ...........................................................................................................<br />

Other (please specify): ......................................................................................................<br />

Do you have any concerns about possible side-effects <strong>of</strong> Ecstasy?<br />

(You need answer YES or NO and only elaborate if you like): ......................................<br />

................................................................................................................................................<br />

................................................................................................................................................<br />

Does the regular use <strong>of</strong> Ecstasy cause the following?<br />

(Please answer the following with either aYES, NO or UNSURE)<br />

Paranoia: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Panic attacks: .....................................................................................................................<br />

Insomnia: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Hallucinations: ....................................................................................................................<br />

Sweaty palms: ....................................................................................................................<br />

Flashbacks: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Neurotoxicity: .....................................................................................................................<br />

Loss <strong>of</strong> memory: ................................................................................................................<br />

Confusion: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Depression: .........................................................................................................................<br />

Mania: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Suicidal tendencies: ..........................................................................................................<br />

Heart palpitations: ..............................................................................................................<br />

Nightmares: ........................................................................................................................<br />

Psychosis: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Irritability: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Aggression: .........................................................................................................................<br />

Inability to concentrate: .....................................................................................................<br />

Mood swings: .....................................................................................................................<br />

98 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


Tolerance: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Physical addiction: .............................................................................................................<br />

Dehydration: .......................................................................................................................<br />

Have you personally experienced any <strong>of</strong> the following symptoms?<br />

(Please answer all symptoms with either aYES or NO)<br />

Panic attacks: .....................................................................................................................<br />

Insomnia: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Hallucinations: ....................................................................................................................<br />

Flashbacks: .........................................................................................................................<br />

Dehydration: .......................................................................................................................<br />

Loss <strong>of</strong> memory: ................................................................................................................<br />

Confusion: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Paranoia: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Loss <strong>of</strong> memory: ................................................................................................................<br />

Confusion: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Depression: .........................................................................................................................<br />

Mania: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Suicidal tendencies: ..........................................................................................................<br />

Heart palpitations: ..............................................................................................................<br />

Nightmares: ........................................................................................................................<br />

Irritability: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Aggression: .........................................................................................................................<br />

Psychosis: ...........................................................................................................................<br />

Inability to concentrate: .....................................................................................................<br />

Mood swings: .....................................................................................................................<br />

Tolerance: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Physical addiction: .............................................................................................................<br />

Where do you get your information about Ecstasy?<br />

Books: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 99


Friends: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Teachers: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Newspapers: ......................................................................................................................<br />

Dealers: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Magazines: .........................................................................................................................<br />

Parents: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Internet: ..........................................................................................................................<br />

Would you like to have the results <strong>of</strong> this survey sent to you? (Answer YES or NO):<br />

Please copy and paste this questionnaire onto e-mail and send it to:<br />

jenny.gray@mweb.co.za<br />

I would like to bring to your attention that all the information you have provided is<br />

confidential, your privacy is guaranteed and your e-mail address will not be used<br />

for any other purposes other than to provide you with the optional feedback on the<br />

results <strong>of</strong> this survey.<br />

Thank you for taking part in this survey<br />

100 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


Knowledge2go<br />

MA in Applied Social Research<br />

Consultation for the Information Era<br />

Enquiries: Christa Barrish<br />

barrich@unisa.ac.za or (012)429-8251<br />

Department <strong>of</strong> Psychology<br />

<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong><br />

PO Box 392<br />

UNISA 0003<br />

Want a career that is dynamic and<br />

innovative?<br />

In line with the rapidly changing needs <strong>of</strong> today's fast-moving information society, we<br />

at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>South</strong> <strong>Africa</strong> (Unisa) have revamped our coursework MA Degree<br />

in Research Psychology to <strong>of</strong>fer hands-on training in the exciting field <strong>of</strong> applied social<br />

research consultation. <strong>The</strong> degree <strong>of</strong>fers a combination <strong>of</strong> courses in cuttingedge<br />

applied techniques such as knowledge management and social programme<br />

evaluation, together with more traditional but still powerfull research techniques.<br />

<strong>The</strong> focus is on real-life consultation skills and includes extensive practical training<br />

in becoming a knowledge broker. A `knowledge broker' is somebody who knows how<br />

to develop understanding <strong>of</strong> individuals and organisations rapidly and who can communicate<br />

this in the most effective ways. Examples <strong>of</strong> activities that students, together<br />

with their lecturers, will embark on are:<br />

. providing expert consultation on social science knowledge needs<br />

. participating in results-orientated projects for companies and organisations<br />

. developing reusable knowledge products.<br />

Course content<br />

<strong>The</strong> course consists <strong>of</strong> a combination <strong>of</strong> structured educational inputs (e.g. lectures,<br />

workshops, seminars and readings) and practical research projects with organisations<br />

^ usually both commercial companies and non-pr<strong>of</strong>it organisations. While the<br />

themes covered in the course are adapted to suit practical project requirements<br />

and students' needs, they are likely to include global knowledge ecologies and systems,<br />

strategic psychometrics, personal management for the new economy, data<br />

mining and management, modelling complex systems, computer skills, Internet<br />

skills, applied statistics, qualitative research, programme evaluation and communication<br />

skills.<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 101


Teaching team<br />

<strong>The</strong> Unisa Psychology Department is by far the largest in the country and you will therefore<br />

receive inputs across a very broad range <strong>of</strong> expertise. <strong>The</strong> core teaching team has<br />

extensive experience <strong>of</strong> applied research consultation. In addition, you will also receive<br />

inputs from skilled individuals in the organisations where you will be doing practicals.<br />

What we expect from you ...<br />

<strong>The</strong> course is intellectually and personally demanding, and is therefore not suitable for<br />

all students. <strong>The</strong> course is for you if you have excellent academic skills; are passionate<br />

about working at the interface between people and ideas; and are proactive and keen to<br />

take responsibility for your own learning. Students who are primarily interested in psychotherapy<br />

and related activities should rather apply for the clinical psychology degree,<br />

while those whose primary interest is in doing research for an academic dissertation<br />

should rather apply for the dissertation-only degree. Some other requirements are:<br />

. Resident in the Gauteng area<br />

. Available on a full-time basis, five days a week<br />

. Good computer literacy (or a willingness to go on a crash course).<br />

Please note that there will be a selection procedure.<br />

What if I'm really keen on this, but live outside<br />

Gauteng?<br />

Unfortunately, the only distance education MA degree currently <strong>of</strong>fered by the department<br />

is the dissertation-only degree. However, if you live outside Gauteng you<br />

can always choose a dissertation topic that relates to themes covered in this course<br />

and in that way stay in contact with (and possibly even contribute to) what the oncampus<br />

students are doing.<br />

So if I do the on-campus course I<br />

won't have to do a dissertation?<br />

Actually you will, but it is a dissertation <strong>of</strong> `limited scope'. Plus we have a highly structured<br />

supervision process which has helped many students to get their dissertations<br />

done quickly and with flair!<br />

More questions?<br />

E-mail Christa Barrish at barrich@unisa.ac.za or telephone her on (012) 429-8251<br />

102 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA


Increase the quality and meaning <strong>of</strong> your life and become<br />

skilled in assisting others to do the same by doing<br />

a short course in<br />

LOGOTHERAPHY<br />

at<br />

<strong>The</strong> Unisa Centre for Applied Psychology<br />

What is Logotherapy?<br />

. Logotheraphy is meaning-centred counselling and psychotherapy. It is applicable<br />

in cases where people have to deal with loss, tragedy, terminal illness, or<br />

any other stress-provoking situation causing a crisis <strong>of</strong> meaning in their lives. It<br />

is also indicated in many cases <strong>of</strong> substance abuse, violence and crime, and depressions<br />

earmarked by a sense <strong>of</strong> meaninglessness and despair as a result <strong>of</strong> a<br />

lack <strong>of</strong> direction and purpose in life.<br />

Who will benefit by a training in Logotherapy?<br />

Students and pr<strong>of</strong>essionals in the health and social sciences (e.g. counsellors, psychologists,<br />

mental health workers, social workers, pastors, nurses, teachers, criminal<br />

justice <strong>of</strong>ficials and human resourses practioners). Lay people interested in increasing<br />

the quality and meaning <strong>of</strong> their lives, and the lives <strong>of</strong> their loved-ones and<br />

others, will also be most welcome.<br />

Method <strong>of</strong> tuition<br />

English will be used as the medium <strong>of</strong> instruction. Tuition is through distance education.<br />

It comprises a guide and prescribed books, tutorial letters, assignments and a<br />

compulsory five-day workshop at the Unisa Centre for Applied Psychology, Pretoria.<br />

Accreditation<br />

Participants will need to hand in assignments for evaluation, attend a five-day workshop,<br />

do supervised Logotheraphy sessions, and write a two-hour examination.<br />

Upon successful completion <strong>of</strong> these tasks, participants will be awarded a Unisa<br />

Certificate in Logotherapy. <strong>The</strong> certificate testifies to the fact that the certificate<br />

holder is schooled in the principles <strong>of</strong> Logotherapy which can be effectively applied<br />

in their particular work settings or pr<strong>of</strong>essions.<br />

Enquiries:<br />

<strong>The</strong> Director, Unisa Centre for Apllied Psychology, PO Box 392, Unisa 0003,<br />

Tel: (012) 429-8544 Fax: (012) 429-3414 e-mail: shanthm@unisa.ac.za<br />

VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA 103


UNISA CENTRE FOR APPLIED<br />

PSYCHOLOGY<br />

Accredited Continued<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Development Provider<br />

Our aim is:<br />

To promote the application <strong>of</strong> psychological knowledge in the<br />

solution <strong>of</strong> human problems and in the development <strong>of</strong> human potential.<br />

Short courses<br />

We <strong>of</strong>fer:<br />

. Logotherapy<br />

Healing through meaning<br />

1 February ± 31 May<br />

1 July ± 31 October<br />

Fee: R2 500,00 (including a five-day workshop).<br />

. HIV/AIDS Care and Counselling<br />

How to deal with HIV/AIDS in different care and counselling situations<br />

Module 1: 4 months (distance education)<br />

Fee: R1 000,00 (no closing date for registration)<br />

Module 2: 5 days (practical workshop held in Pretoria)<br />

11 ± 15 March<br />

22 ± 26 July<br />

9 ± 13 September<br />

Fee: R2 000,00<br />

Module 3: 4 days (practical workshop held in Pretoria)<br />

12 ± 15 August<br />

21 ± 24 October<br />

Fee: R1 600,00<br />

Group supervision (available from 2003).<br />

. Victim Empowerment and Support<br />

How to support and manage victims <strong>of</strong> crime, traumatised employees and victims <strong>of</strong> disaster.<br />

1 April ± 30 June<br />

1 June ± 31 August<br />

1 September ± 30 November<br />

Fee: R3 000,00 (Including a four-day workshop)<br />

Annual workshop series<br />

Continue your development through our workshops which will run<br />

from 1 July ± 6 December.<br />

. Reduced rates are available for early bird and group registrations<br />

. To register, to obtain more information or to be added to the mailing list contact:<br />

<strong>The</strong> Secretary Tel: (012) 429-8544<br />

Unisa Centre for Applied Psychology Fax : (012) 429-6853<br />

e-mail: ucap@unisa.ac.za<br />

. Or visit our web page: www.unisa.ac.za/dept/psy/index.html<br />

104 VOL 28 2002 UNISA PSYCHOLOGIA

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!